1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
87 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
89 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
91 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
93 static void disable_command (char *, int);
95 static void enable_command (char *, int);
97 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
101 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
103 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
105 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
107 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
108 struct linespec_result
*,
112 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
113 struct linespec_result
*,
114 struct linespec_sals
*,
115 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
116 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
118 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
119 int, int, int, unsigned);
121 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
122 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
124 static void clear_command (char *, int);
126 static void catch_command (char *, int);
128 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
130 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
132 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
134 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
137 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
138 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
140 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
142 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
143 struct symtab_and_line
,
145 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
147 static struct breakpoint
*
148 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
152 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
154 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
158 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
159 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
160 struct obj_section
*, int);
162 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
164 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
168 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace
,
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
199 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
211 int *other_type_used
);
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
220 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
226 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
228 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
229 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
231 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
233 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
235 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
238 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
239 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
240 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
242 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
244 static void update_global_location_list (int);
246 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
248 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
250 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
252 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
254 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
256 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
258 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
260 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
262 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
264 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
266 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
268 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
271 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
273 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
274 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
276 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
278 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
280 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
282 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
283 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
284 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
285 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
287 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
288 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
290 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
291 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
293 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
294 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
296 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
298 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
300 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
301 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
303 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
304 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
306 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
307 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
308 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
309 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
310 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
311 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
313 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
314 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
315 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
316 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
322 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
324 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
325 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
326 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
327 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
329 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
331 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
332 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
333 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
334 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
335 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
336 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
337 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
339 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
341 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
343 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
345 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
346 breakpoints share a single command list. */
347 struct counted_command_line
349 /* The reference count. */
352 /* The command list. */
353 struct command_line
*commands
;
356 struct command_line
*
357 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
359 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
362 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
363 current breakpoint. */
365 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
368 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
370 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
371 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
373 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
375 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
378 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
379 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
380 if such is available. */
381 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
384 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
385 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
388 fprintf_filtered (file
,
389 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
390 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
394 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
396 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
398 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
400 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
401 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
404 fprintf_filtered (file
,
405 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
406 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
410 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
411 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
412 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
413 use hardware breakpoints. */
414 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
416 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
417 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
420 fprintf_filtered (file
,
421 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
425 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
426 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
427 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
428 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
429 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
431 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
434 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
435 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
437 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
438 fprintf_filtered (file
,
439 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
440 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
442 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
444 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
449 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
451 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
452 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
455 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
457 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
458 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
460 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
461 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
462 condition_evaluation_auto
,
463 condition_evaluation_host
,
464 condition_evaluation_target
,
468 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
471 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
472 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
475 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
476 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
477 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
481 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
483 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
485 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
486 return condition_evaluation_target
;
488 return condition_evaluation_host
;
494 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
497 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
499 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
502 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
506 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
508 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
510 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
513 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
515 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
516 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
518 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
519 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
521 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
522 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
524 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
526 current breakpoint. */
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
531 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
532 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
535 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
536 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
537 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
539 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
540 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
541 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
544 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
545 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
546 to where the loop should start from.
547 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
548 appropriate location to start with. */
550 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
551 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
552 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
554 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
555 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
558 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
560 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
561 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
562 if (is_tracepoint (B))
564 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
566 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
568 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
570 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
572 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
574 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
576 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
577 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
578 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
579 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
580 an address you need to read. */
582 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
584 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
585 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
586 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
587 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
588 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
590 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
592 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
593 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
595 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
597 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
599 static int breakpoint_count
;
601 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
602 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
603 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
604 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
605 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
607 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
609 static int tracepoint_count
;
611 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
612 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
613 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
615 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
617 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
619 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
622 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
625 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
627 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
628 breakpoint_count
= num
;
629 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
632 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
633 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
634 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
636 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
640 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
642 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
645 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
649 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
651 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
654 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
657 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
659 struct breakpoint
*b
;
665 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
666 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
668 static struct counted_command_line
*
669 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
671 struct counted_command_line
*result
672 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
675 result
->commands
= commands
;
679 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
682 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
688 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
689 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
690 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
693 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
697 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
699 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
706 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
709 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
711 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
714 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
717 static struct cleanup
*
718 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
720 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
724 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
725 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
728 get_breakpoint (int num
)
730 struct breakpoint
*b
;
733 if (b
->number
== num
)
741 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
742 evaluating conditions on its side. */
745 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
747 struct bp_location
*loc
;
749 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
750 evaluating conditions and if the user has
751 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
753 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
754 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
757 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
760 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
761 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
764 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
765 evaluating conditions on its side. */
768 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
770 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
771 evaluating conditions and if the user has
772 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
774 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
775 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
779 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
782 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
785 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
786 condition_evaluation_mode. */
789 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
790 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
792 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
794 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
795 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
797 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
798 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
799 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
803 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
804 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
806 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
807 settings was "auto". */
808 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
810 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
811 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
813 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
814 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
815 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
817 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
818 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
821 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
823 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
825 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
830 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
831 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
832 target knows about. */
833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
834 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
835 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
839 update_global_location_list (1);
845 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
846 what "auto" is translating to. */
849 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
850 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
852 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
853 fprintf_filtered (file
,
854 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
855 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
857 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
859 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
863 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
864 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
865 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
868 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
870 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
871 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
873 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
876 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
879 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
880 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
881 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
884 static struct bp_location
**
885 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
887 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
888 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
889 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
891 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
892 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
893 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
895 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
896 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
897 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
898 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
900 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
901 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
904 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
905 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
906 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
907 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
914 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
917 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
918 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
920 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
922 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
929 struct bp_location
*loc
;
931 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
936 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
937 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
938 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
945 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
951 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
952 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
953 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
954 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
956 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
958 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
960 innermost_block
= NULL
;
962 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
964 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
965 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
969 struct bp_location
*loc
;
971 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
975 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
976 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
978 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
982 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
984 breakpoints_changed ();
985 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
988 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
990 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
991 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
, char *text
, char *word
)
995 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
996 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1000 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1001 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1005 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1006 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1008 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1011 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1012 len
= strlen (text
);
1016 int single
= b
->loc
->next
== NULL
;
1017 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1020 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1025 sprintf (location
, "%d", b
->number
);
1027 sprintf (location
, "%d.%d", b
->number
, count
);
1029 if (strncmp (location
, text
, len
) == 0)
1030 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (location
));
1039 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1040 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
1041 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1044 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1047 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1049 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1054 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1057 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1059 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1062 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1064 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1065 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1066 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1067 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1069 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1070 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1071 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1072 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1074 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1075 update_global_location_list (1);
1080 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1083 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1084 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1085 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1088 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1090 struct command_line
*c
;
1092 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1096 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1097 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1098 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1100 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1101 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1103 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1104 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1105 command directly. */
1106 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1107 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1109 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1110 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1114 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1117 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1119 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1120 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1121 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1125 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1127 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1130 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1131 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1135 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1136 struct command_line
*commands
)
1138 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1140 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1141 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1142 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1143 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1144 struct command_line
*c
;
1145 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1146 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1148 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1150 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1151 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1152 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1153 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "can be used only once"));
1166 struct command_line
*c2
;
1168 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1169 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1170 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1172 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1173 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1179 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1183 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1184 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1187 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1189 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1190 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1191 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1194 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1196 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1197 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1198 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1204 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1205 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1208 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1209 struct command_line
*commands
)
1211 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1213 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1214 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1215 breakpoints_changed ();
1216 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1219 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1220 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1224 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1226 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1229 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1230 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1233 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1234 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1237 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1239 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1242 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1243 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1246 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1247 breakpoint work for any task. */
1250 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1252 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1255 if (old_task
!= task
)
1256 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1260 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1262 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1264 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
1267 /* A structure used to pass information through
1268 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1270 struct commands_info
1272 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1275 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1278 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1279 already-parsed command. */
1280 struct command_line
*control
;
1282 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1284 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1287 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1288 commands_command. */
1291 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1293 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1295 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1297 struct command_line
*l
;
1299 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1300 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1303 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1306 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1307 "%s, one per line."),
1310 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1312 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1315 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1318 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1321 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1324 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1326 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1328 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1329 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1330 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1331 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1332 breakpoints_changed ();
1333 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1338 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1339 struct command_line
*control
)
1341 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1342 struct commands_info info
;
1344 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1345 info
.control
= control
;
1347 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1348 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1349 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1351 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1353 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1354 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1356 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1357 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1360 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1361 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1362 numbers will fail in this case. */
1367 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1369 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1372 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1376 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1378 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1379 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1381 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1385 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1387 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1390 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1391 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1393 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1394 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1395 enum command_control_type
1396 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1398 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1399 return simple_control
;
1402 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1405 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1407 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1411 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1412 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1417 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1418 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1420 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1421 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1422 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1424 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1425 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1426 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1427 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1428 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1429 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1430 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1431 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1433 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1436 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1437 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1438 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1440 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1442 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1444 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1445 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1446 report higher one. */
1449 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1450 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1452 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1454 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1455 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1457 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1458 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1459 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1460 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1462 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1463 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1464 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1466 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1468 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1475 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1476 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1477 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1478 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1479 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1482 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1484 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1485 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1486 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1489 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1492 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1494 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1496 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1497 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1501 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1502 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1503 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1506 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1509 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1510 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1511 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1514 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1516 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1517 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1520 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1522 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1523 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1525 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1526 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1530 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1531 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1535 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1536 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1538 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1539 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1540 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1544 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1546 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1547 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1550 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1552 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1553 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1554 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1555 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1556 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1558 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1560 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1561 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1565 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1566 const unsigned char *bp
;
1567 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1568 unsigned placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1570 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1571 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1572 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1574 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1576 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1578 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1579 breakpoint's INSN. */
1580 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1586 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1590 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1592 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1593 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1594 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1597 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1600 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1602 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1603 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1604 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1607 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1611 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1613 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1614 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1617 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1618 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1619 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1620 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1621 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1622 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1623 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1624 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1627 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1629 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1630 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1631 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1632 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1635 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1636 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1639 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1641 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1643 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1645 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1646 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1647 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1648 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1649 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1651 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1654 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1655 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1656 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1657 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1659 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1661 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1662 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1665 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1666 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1667 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1668 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1669 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1670 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1671 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1672 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1674 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1675 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1676 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1677 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1678 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1679 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1680 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1681 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1684 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1685 hardware watchpoints:
1687 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1688 called several times when GDB stops.
1691 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1692 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1693 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1694 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1695 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1696 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1697 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1698 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1699 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1700 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1701 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1703 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1704 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1707 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1709 int within_current_scope
;
1710 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1713 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1714 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1715 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1716 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1719 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1724 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1725 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1726 within_current_scope
= 1;
1729 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1730 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1731 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1733 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1734 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1735 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1736 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1739 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1740 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1741 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1742 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1745 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1747 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1748 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1749 if (within_current_scope
)
1753 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1754 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1755 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1758 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1767 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1768 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1769 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1770 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1771 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1772 be completely different objects. */
1773 value_free (b
->val
);
1777 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1778 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1779 locations (re)created below. */
1780 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1782 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1784 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1788 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1789 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1793 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1794 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1795 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1796 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1797 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1798 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1800 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1801 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1802 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1804 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1807 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1808 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1810 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1812 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1813 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1814 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1815 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1816 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1818 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1824 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1826 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1827 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1829 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1830 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1831 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1832 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1833 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1834 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1835 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1837 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1839 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1840 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1841 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1843 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1844 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1848 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1850 addr
= value_address (v
);
1851 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1853 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1855 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1858 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1859 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1862 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1864 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1865 loc
->address
= addr
;
1867 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1872 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1873 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1874 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1879 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1880 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1882 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1886 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1889 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1890 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1891 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1893 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1894 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1895 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1896 this watchpoint in as well. */
1898 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1899 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1900 hardware watchpoint type. */
1901 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1902 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1903 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1905 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1906 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1907 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1908 through watch_command), so always account for it
1911 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1912 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1914 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1915 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1918 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1919 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1921 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1923 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1924 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1925 "hardware watchpoint."));
1926 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1927 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1928 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1930 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1931 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1935 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1936 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1937 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1939 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1942 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1943 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1944 "read/access watchpoint."));
1946 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1948 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1949 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1950 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1951 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1954 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1956 next
= value_next (v
);
1961 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1962 above left it without any location set up. But,
1963 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1964 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1965 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1967 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1968 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1969 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1970 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1971 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1972 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1975 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1977 printf_filtered (_("\
1978 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1979 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1981 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1984 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1986 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1990 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1991 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1992 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1993 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1994 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1996 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1998 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2001 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2004 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2007 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2010 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2011 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2012 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2013 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2014 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2015 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2016 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2017 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2018 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2024 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2025 that the location is not duplicated. */
2028 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2031 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2034 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2035 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2039 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2040 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2041 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2042 any error during parsing. */
2044 static struct agent_expr
*
2045 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2047 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2048 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2049 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2054 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2055 that may show up. */
2056 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2058 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2063 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2064 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2065 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2069 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2073 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2074 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2075 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2076 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2077 one of them is true. */
2080 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2082 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2083 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2084 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2085 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2087 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2088 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2089 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2091 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2092 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2095 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2096 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2097 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2098 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2099 response back to GDB. */
2100 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2103 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2107 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2109 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2110 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2111 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2112 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2113 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2114 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2116 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2117 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2123 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2124 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2125 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2127 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2133 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2134 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2135 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2137 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2138 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2139 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2141 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2144 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2146 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2148 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2151 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2152 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2157 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2158 for this location's address. */
2159 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2163 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2164 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2165 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2167 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2168 conditions to the target. */
2169 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2170 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2176 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2177 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2178 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2180 static struct agent_expr
*
2181 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2183 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2184 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2185 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2186 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2187 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2189 char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2190 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2192 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2199 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2201 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2203 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2204 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2206 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2208 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2210 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2212 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2214 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2215 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2217 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2219 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2220 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2222 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2224 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2226 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2228 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2229 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2232 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2237 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2238 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2240 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2244 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2245 that may show up. */
2246 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2248 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2249 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2250 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2255 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2256 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2257 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2261 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2263 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2267 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2268 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2269 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2272 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2274 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2275 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2276 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2277 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2279 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2280 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2281 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2284 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2287 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2288 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2289 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2290 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2291 response back to GDB. */
2292 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2295 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2299 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2301 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2302 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2303 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2304 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2305 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2306 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2307 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2313 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2314 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2315 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2317 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2323 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2325 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2327 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2330 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2331 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2333 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2335 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2338 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2339 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2344 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2345 for this location's address. */
2346 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2349 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2350 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2351 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2352 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2354 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2355 to send the commands to the target. */
2356 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2360 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2361 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2362 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2363 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2366 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2367 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2368 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2369 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2372 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2373 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2375 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2376 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2377 int *disabled_breaks
,
2378 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2379 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2382 char *hw_bp_err_string
= NULL
;
2383 struct gdb_exception e
;
2385 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2388 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2389 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2390 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2391 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2392 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2393 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2394 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2395 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2396 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2397 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2398 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2399 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2401 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2402 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2403 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2404 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2406 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2408 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2409 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2410 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2411 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2414 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2415 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2417 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2419 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2420 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2421 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2423 Two important cases are:
2424 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2425 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2426 hardware breakpoint.
2427 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2428 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2429 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2432 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2433 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2434 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2435 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2437 struct mem_region
*mr
2438 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2442 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2444 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2446 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2447 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2449 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2451 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2453 static int said
= 0;
2455 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2458 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2459 _("Note: automatically using "
2460 "hardware breakpoints for "
2461 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2466 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2467 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2468 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2469 "at readonly address %s"),
2470 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2474 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2475 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2476 || bl
->section
== NULL
2477 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2479 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2480 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2482 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2487 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2492 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2493 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2494 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2496 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2497 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2498 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2499 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2500 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2504 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2506 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2507 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2508 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2509 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2510 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2512 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2513 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2514 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2518 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2519 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2521 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2522 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2524 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2529 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2534 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2535 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2542 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2543 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2545 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2547 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2548 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2549 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2551 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2552 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2554 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2555 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2556 "library breakpoints:\n");
2558 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2559 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2560 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2564 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2566 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2567 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= hw_bp_err_string
!= NULL
;
2568 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2569 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2570 bl
->owner
->number
, hw_bp_err_string
? ":" : ".\n");
2571 if (hw_bp_err_string
)
2572 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string
);
2576 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2577 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2579 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2580 "Error accessing memory address ");
2581 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2583 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2584 safe_strerror (val
));
2595 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2596 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2597 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2598 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2600 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2601 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2603 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2605 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2606 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2607 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2609 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2611 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2612 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2614 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2616 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2617 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2621 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2622 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2629 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2630 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2633 /* Back to the original value. */
2634 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2638 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2641 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2643 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2644 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2646 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2649 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2653 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2654 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2656 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2659 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2661 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2662 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2663 so just return success. */
2670 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2671 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2675 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2677 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2678 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2680 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2681 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2683 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2684 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2687 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2688 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2689 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2691 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2693 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2695 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2696 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2697 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2699 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2700 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2702 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2708 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2709 removed locations above. */
2710 update_global_location_list (0);
2713 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2714 Throws exception on any error.
2715 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2716 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2718 insert_breakpoints (void)
2720 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2722 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2723 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2725 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2727 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2730 update_global_location_list (1);
2732 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2733 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2735 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2736 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2739 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2742 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2744 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2746 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2748 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2752 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2753 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2754 always-inserted mode. */
2757 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2759 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2762 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2763 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2764 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2766 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2767 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2769 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2770 there was an error. */
2771 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2773 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2775 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2777 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2779 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2782 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2783 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2784 deletion of breakpoints. */
2785 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2788 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2790 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2791 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2792 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2793 insert breakpoints. */
2794 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
2795 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2798 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2799 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2806 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2807 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2810 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2813 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2816 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2818 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2819 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2822 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2823 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2824 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2826 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2827 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2829 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2830 there was an error. */
2831 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2833 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2835 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2837 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2840 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2841 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2842 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2843 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2844 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2847 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2849 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2850 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2851 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2852 insert breakpoints. */
2853 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
2854 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2857 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2858 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2863 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2864 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2865 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2867 int some_failed
= 0;
2868 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2870 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2873 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2876 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2879 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2880 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2887 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2889 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2891 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2892 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2893 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2901 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2902 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2903 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2905 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2906 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2907 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2909 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2910 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2913 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2916 /* Used when the program stops.
2917 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2918 removing a breakpoint location. */
2921 remove_breakpoints (void)
2923 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2926 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2928 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2929 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2934 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2937 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2939 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2941 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2945 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2948 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2953 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2962 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2964 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2965 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2967 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2968 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
2969 struct inferior
*inf
;
2970 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2972 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2976 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2977 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2979 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2981 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2982 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2984 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2986 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2992 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
2995 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3000 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3004 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3006 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3007 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3008 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3009 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3010 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3011 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3013 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3016 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3019 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3020 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3024 static struct breakpoint
*
3025 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3026 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3027 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3029 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3030 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3032 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3035 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3036 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3038 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3039 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3040 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3045 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3047 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3049 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3051 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3052 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3054 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3055 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3057 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3058 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3060 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3061 int longjmp_searched
;
3063 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3064 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3066 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3067 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3069 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3070 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3072 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3073 int exception_searched
;
3075 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3076 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3079 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3081 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3082 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3084 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3087 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3089 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3092 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3093 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3095 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3096 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3098 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3100 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3101 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3103 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3104 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3106 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3107 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3109 return bp_objfile_data
;
3113 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3115 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3117 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3118 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3122 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3124 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3125 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3127 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3129 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3130 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3133 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3135 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3138 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3140 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3142 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3145 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3146 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3149 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3152 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3153 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3155 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3156 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3158 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3160 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3161 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3165 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3166 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3169 update_global_location_list (1);
3173 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3175 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3176 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3178 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3180 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3182 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3184 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3186 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3189 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3190 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3192 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3193 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3196 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3198 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3200 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
3201 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3202 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3205 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3208 struct probe
*probe
;
3209 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3212 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3213 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3217 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3219 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3221 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3222 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3223 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3229 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3231 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3232 const char *func_name
;
3235 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3238 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3239 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3241 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3243 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3246 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3247 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3250 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3253 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3254 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3255 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3256 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3257 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3261 update_global_location_list (1);
3263 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3266 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3268 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3270 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3271 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3272 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3274 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3276 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3278 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3281 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3283 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3285 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3286 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3288 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3290 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3293 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3295 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3297 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3298 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3299 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3301 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3302 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3305 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3308 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3309 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3310 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3311 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3312 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3313 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3317 update_global_location_list (1);
3319 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3322 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3325 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3327 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3328 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3330 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3332 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3333 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3334 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3337 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3339 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3340 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3342 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
3343 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3344 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3347 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3349 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3351 struct probe
*probe
;
3354 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3355 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3359 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3361 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3362 bp_exception_master
,
3363 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3364 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3365 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3371 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3373 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3376 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3378 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3380 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3382 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3383 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3385 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3389 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3392 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3393 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3395 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3396 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3397 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3398 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3401 update_global_location_list (1);
3405 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3407 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3408 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3410 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3411 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3412 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3413 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3414 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3415 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3416 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3417 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3418 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3419 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3420 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3422 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3424 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3427 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3428 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3430 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3434 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3435 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3437 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3441 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3442 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3443 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3444 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3445 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3447 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3451 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3452 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3454 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3458 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3460 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3461 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3462 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3464 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3468 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3470 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3471 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3472 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3473 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3477 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3478 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3479 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3480 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3481 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3482 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3484 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3485 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3486 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3487 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3488 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3489 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3490 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3492 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3493 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3494 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3495 let finish_command delete it.
3497 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3498 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3499 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3500 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3501 solib breakpoints.) */
3503 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3508 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3509 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3511 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3513 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3517 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3518 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3519 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3520 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3521 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3525 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3527 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3529 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3530 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3532 if (PIDGET (ptid
) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3533 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3535 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3536 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3537 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3539 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3543 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3546 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3547 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3549 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3553 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3554 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3555 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3556 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3557 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3560 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3564 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3565 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3567 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3568 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3571 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3572 This should not ever happen. */
3573 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3575 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3576 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3578 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3579 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3580 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3582 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3583 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3584 || bl
->section
== NULL
3585 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3587 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3588 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3592 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3593 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3594 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3596 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3597 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3599 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3600 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3601 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3602 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3603 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3605 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3606 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3608 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3609 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3612 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3613 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3614 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3615 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3617 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3618 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3619 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3620 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3621 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3622 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3628 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3633 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3634 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3635 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3636 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3641 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3643 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3645 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3646 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3648 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3649 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3651 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3652 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3653 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3656 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3657 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3660 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3661 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3663 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3667 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3674 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3677 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3679 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3680 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3682 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3683 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3686 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3687 This should not ever happen. */
3688 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3690 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3692 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3694 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3696 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3700 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3703 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3705 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3707 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3708 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3712 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3713 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3715 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3718 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3719 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3720 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3725 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3727 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3728 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3730 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3732 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3734 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
3737 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3739 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3740 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3741 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3745 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3747 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3753 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3755 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3756 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3759 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3761 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3763 case bp_shlib_event
:
3765 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3766 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3767 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3768 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3769 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3771 (gdb) file prog-linux
3772 (gdb) run # native linux target
3775 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3776 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3779 case bp_step_resume
:
3781 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3783 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3787 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3788 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3789 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3791 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3793 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3794 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3795 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3796 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3798 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3799 insert_breakpoints. */
3801 value_free (w
->val
);
3812 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3813 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3814 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3815 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3818 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3819 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3820 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3821 match, not program space. */
3823 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3824 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3825 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3826 permanent breakpoint.
3827 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3828 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3829 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3830 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3831 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3833 enum breakpoint_here
3834 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3836 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3837 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3839 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3841 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3842 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3845 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3846 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3847 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3848 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3850 if (overlay_debugging
3851 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3852 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3853 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3854 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3855 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3857 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3861 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3864 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3867 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3869 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3872 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3873 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3879 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3880 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3881 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3882 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3885 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3888 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3890 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3892 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3893 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3897 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3899 if (overlay_debugging
3900 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3901 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3902 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3910 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3911 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3914 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3916 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3919 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3925 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3929 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3932 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3934 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3936 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3940 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3943 if (overlay_debugging
3944 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3945 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3946 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3952 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3953 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3960 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3961 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3963 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3965 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3967 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3969 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3970 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3973 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3976 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3977 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3981 /* Check for intersection. */
3982 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3983 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
3991 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3992 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3995 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
3998 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3999 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4003 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4005 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4006 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4009 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4010 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4011 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4014 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4017 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4019 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4020 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4021 it is now time to do so. */
4023 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4024 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4028 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4030 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4031 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4032 it is now time to do so. */
4034 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4035 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4039 if (overlay_debugging
4040 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4041 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4042 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4051 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4055 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4057 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4060 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4064 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4066 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4067 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4068 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4069 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4073 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4074 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4077 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4094 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4095 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4098 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4102 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4107 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4109 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4110 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4111 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4112 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4113 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4115 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4116 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4120 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4130 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4133 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4138 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4140 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4146 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4147 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4148 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4149 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4151 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4152 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4154 Return 1 otherwise. */
4157 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4159 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4162 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4164 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4165 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4166 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4167 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4168 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4170 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4172 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4176 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4179 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4181 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4184 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4187 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4191 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4193 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4195 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4197 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4203 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4206 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4208 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4210 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4212 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4213 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4214 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4215 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4216 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4220 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4223 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4226 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4228 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4231 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4232 or its equivalent. */
4235 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4237 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4238 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4241 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4242 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4243 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4244 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4246 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4247 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4248 bpstat of the current thread. */
4251 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4254 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4257 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4259 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4262 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4263 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4265 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4267 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4270 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4271 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4273 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4274 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4275 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4277 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4279 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4280 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4281 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4282 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4283 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4284 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4285 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4286 the tree when we're done. */
4287 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4288 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4289 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4290 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4291 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4293 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4299 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4301 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4307 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4308 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4310 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4312 if (target_can_async_p ())
4313 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4314 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4315 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4318 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4319 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4320 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4321 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4322 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4323 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4324 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4325 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4326 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4327 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4328 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4329 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4330 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4335 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4340 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4342 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4344 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4345 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4346 && target_has_execution
4347 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4348 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4349 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4350 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4351 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4352 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4353 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4356 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4359 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4362 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4365 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4368 struct value_print_options opts
;
4369 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4370 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4374 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4375 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4376 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4377 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4380 static enum print_stop_action
4381 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4383 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4386 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4387 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4391 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4392 relevant messages. */
4393 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4396 case print_it_normal
:
4398 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4400 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4401 which has since been deleted. */
4403 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4405 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4406 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4411 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4412 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4417 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4420 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4423 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4425 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4429 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4430 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4431 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4433 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4434 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4435 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4438 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4439 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4440 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4444 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4448 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4449 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4452 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4457 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4458 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4459 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4462 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4467 struct so_list
*iter
;
4469 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4471 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4472 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4475 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4480 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4481 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4482 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4485 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4489 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4490 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4491 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4492 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4493 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4494 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4495 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4498 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4499 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4500 code to print the location. An example is
4501 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4503 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4504 to also print the location part of the message.
4505 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4506 don't require a location appended to the end.
4507 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4508 further info to be printed. */
4510 enum print_stop_action
4511 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4515 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4516 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4517 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4518 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4519 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4521 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4522 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4523 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4524 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4528 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4529 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4530 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4531 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4533 print_solib_event (0);
4534 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4537 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4538 with and nothing was printed. */
4539 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4542 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4543 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4544 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4545 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4548 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4550 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4551 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4553 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4557 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4560 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4564 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4566 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4567 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4568 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4569 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4570 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4571 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4572 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4574 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4578 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4579 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4582 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4584 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4586 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4588 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4590 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4591 as not triggered. */
4593 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4595 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4597 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4603 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4605 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4606 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4608 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4610 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4612 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4615 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4618 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4619 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4623 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4625 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4626 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4628 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4629 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4631 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4633 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4634 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4636 if (newaddr
== start
)
4638 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4642 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4643 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4647 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4656 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4657 because of check_errors). */
4658 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4659 #define WP_DELETED 1
4660 /* The value has changed. */
4661 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4662 /* The value has not changed. */
4663 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4664 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4667 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4668 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4670 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4673 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4674 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4677 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4679 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4680 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4681 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4682 int within_current_scope
;
4684 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4685 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4686 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4688 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4689 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4690 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4691 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4694 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4695 within_current_scope
= 1;
4698 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4699 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4700 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4702 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4703 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4704 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4705 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4706 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4707 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4708 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4709 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4710 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4711 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4714 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4715 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4717 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4718 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4719 if (within_current_scope
)
4721 struct symbol
*function
;
4723 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4724 if (function
== NULL
4725 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4726 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4727 within_current_scope
= 0;
4730 if (within_current_scope
)
4731 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4732 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4737 if (within_current_scope
)
4739 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4740 time before we return to the command level and call
4741 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4742 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4746 struct value
*new_val
;
4748 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4749 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4750 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4751 a mask watchpoint. */
4752 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4754 mark
= value_mark ();
4755 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
4757 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4758 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4759 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4760 not what we want. */
4761 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4762 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4764 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4766 release_value (new_val
);
4767 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4769 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4772 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4776 /* Nothing changed. */
4777 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4778 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4783 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4785 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4786 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4787 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4788 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4789 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4790 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4791 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4792 the first value assigned). */
4793 /* We print all the stop information in
4794 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4795 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4796 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4798 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4800 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4801 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4802 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4804 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4805 which its expression is valid.\n");
4807 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4808 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4809 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4815 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4816 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4817 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4820 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4821 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4822 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4824 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4826 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4827 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4829 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4832 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4833 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4836 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4838 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4839 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4841 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4842 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4843 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4844 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4845 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4848 int must_check_value
= 0;
4850 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4851 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4853 must_check_value
= 1;
4854 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4855 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4856 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4858 must_check_value
= 1;
4859 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4860 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4861 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4862 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4863 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4864 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4865 must_check_value
= 1;
4867 if (must_check_value
)
4870 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4872 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4873 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4875 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4879 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4880 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4884 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4887 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4888 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4890 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4892 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4893 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4894 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4895 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4896 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4897 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4898 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4901 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4902 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4905 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4906 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4907 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4908 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4910 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4911 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4912 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4915 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4916 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4917 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4918 changes. This still gives false positives when
4919 the program writes the same value to memory as
4920 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4921 it for a read), but it's much better than
4924 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4926 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4928 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4931 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4932 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4934 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
4935 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
4937 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
4938 == watch_triggered_yes
)
4940 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4946 if (other_write_watchpoint
4947 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4949 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4950 and the value changed since the last time we
4951 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4953 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4958 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4959 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4960 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4962 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4963 the value hasn't changed. */
4964 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4972 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4973 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
4974 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4975 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4976 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4980 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4982 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4983 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4984 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4985 anything for this watchpoint. */
4986 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4993 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4994 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4995 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4998 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5000 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5001 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5002 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5004 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5005 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5006 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5007 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5008 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5010 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5011 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5012 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5014 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5015 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5019 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5020 struct expression
*cond
;
5022 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5023 method implemented. */
5024 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5025 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5027 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5029 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5036 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5038 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5039 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5041 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5042 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5043 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5044 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5046 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5048 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5049 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5053 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5054 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5055 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5056 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5057 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5059 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5060 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5063 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5065 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5066 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5067 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5068 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5069 really matter which instantiation of the function
5070 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5071 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5072 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5073 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5074 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5075 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5076 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5077 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5079 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5081 select_frame (frame
);
5083 within_current_scope
= 0;
5085 if (within_current_scope
)
5087 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5088 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5092 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5093 "in the current scope"));
5094 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5095 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5098 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5099 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5102 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5106 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5110 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5113 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5115 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5117 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5123 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5124 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5126 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5127 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5130 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5132 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5134 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5135 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5136 several reasons concurrently.)
5138 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5139 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5142 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5143 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5144 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5146 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5147 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5148 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5149 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5150 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5151 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5154 int need_remove_insert
;
5157 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5158 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5159 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5160 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5161 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5162 inferior function calls. */
5166 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5169 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5171 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5172 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5173 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5174 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5175 checked all locations already. */
5176 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5179 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5182 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5185 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5188 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5191 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5192 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5193 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5197 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5198 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5199 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5201 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5203 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5205 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5210 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5212 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5214 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5215 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5218 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5222 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5223 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5224 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5226 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5228 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5230 handle_solib_event ();
5235 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5236 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5237 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5241 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5246 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5247 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5250 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5255 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5257 /* We will stop here. */
5258 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5260 --(b
->enable_count
);
5261 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5262 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5263 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5268 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5269 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5270 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5271 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5277 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5279 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5280 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5283 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5284 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5285 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5287 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5288 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5289 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5291 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5292 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5294 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5296 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5297 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5300 if (need_remove_insert
)
5301 update_global_location_list (1);
5302 else if (removed_any
)
5303 update_global_location_list (0);
5309 handle_jit_event (void)
5311 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5312 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5314 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5315 breakpoint_re_set. */
5316 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5318 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5319 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5321 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5323 target_terminal_inferior ();
5326 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5329 handle_solib_event (void)
5331 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace
);
5333 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5334 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5335 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5336 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5338 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5340 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5342 target_terminal_inferior ();
5345 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5347 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5350 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5352 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5356 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5357 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5358 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5360 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5362 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5363 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5364 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5367 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5369 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5370 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5374 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5381 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5384 case bp_shlib_event
:
5388 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5390 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5393 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5396 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5397 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5398 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5402 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5404 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5408 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5409 This requires no further action. */
5413 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5415 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5416 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5418 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5419 case bp_exception_resume
:
5420 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5421 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5423 case bp_step_resume
:
5425 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5428 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5429 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5432 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5434 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5437 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5438 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5441 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5442 case bp_thread_event
:
5443 case bp_overlay_event
:
5444 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5445 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5446 case bp_exception_master
:
5447 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5453 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5455 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5459 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5460 This requires no further action. */
5465 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5468 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5469 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5470 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5471 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5473 case bp_std_terminate
:
5474 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5475 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5476 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5477 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5480 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5481 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5482 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5483 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5485 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5486 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5488 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5489 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5490 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5492 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5493 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5494 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5495 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5499 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5503 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5504 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5507 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5510 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5511 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5516 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5518 handle_jit_event ();
5521 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5523 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5529 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5530 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5532 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5533 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5541 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5542 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5543 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5546 bpstat_should_step (void)
5548 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5551 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5557 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5559 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5568 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5569 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5570 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5573 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5575 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5576 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5580 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5582 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5584 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5585 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5586 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5591 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5597 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5598 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5600 "host": Host evals condition.
5601 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5602 "target": Target evals condition.
5606 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5608 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5609 char host_evals
= 0;
5610 char target_evals
= 0;
5615 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5618 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5619 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5620 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5622 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5624 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5630 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5631 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5632 else if (target_evals
)
5633 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5635 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5638 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5639 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5642 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5644 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5647 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5648 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5649 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5651 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5652 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5654 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5657 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5660 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5661 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5663 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5664 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5666 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5670 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5672 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5673 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5674 else if (loc
&& loc
->source_file
)
5677 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5680 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5681 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5682 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5683 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5684 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5685 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5687 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", loc
->source_file
);
5688 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5690 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5692 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
5693 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
5696 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
5699 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5703 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5704 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5706 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5708 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5710 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5713 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5715 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5716 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5717 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5719 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5720 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5721 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5722 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5725 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5729 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5731 struct ep_type_description
5736 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5738 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5739 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5740 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5741 {bp_until
, "until"},
5742 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5743 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5744 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5745 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5746 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5747 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5748 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5749 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5750 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5751 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5752 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5753 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5754 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5755 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5756 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5757 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5758 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5759 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5760 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5761 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5762 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5763 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5764 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5765 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5766 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5767 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5768 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5769 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5770 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5773 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5774 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5775 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5776 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5779 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5782 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5785 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5786 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5788 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5791 struct command_line
*l
;
5792 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5794 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5795 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5796 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5797 struct value_print_options opts
;
5799 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5801 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5802 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5803 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5806 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5807 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5815 if (part_of_multiple
)
5818 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5819 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5824 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5829 if (part_of_multiple
)
5830 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5832 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5836 if (part_of_multiple
)
5837 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5839 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5844 if (part_of_multiple
)
5845 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5847 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5848 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5849 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5853 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5855 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5856 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5857 make sure there's just one location. */
5858 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5859 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5865 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5866 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5870 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5871 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5872 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5874 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5876 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5877 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5878 is relatively readable). */
5879 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5880 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5882 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
5887 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5891 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5892 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5894 case bp_exception_resume
:
5895 case bp_step_resume
:
5896 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5897 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5899 case bp_std_terminate
:
5900 case bp_shlib_event
:
5901 case bp_thread_event
:
5902 case bp_overlay_event
:
5903 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5904 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5905 case bp_exception_master
:
5907 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5908 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5911 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5912 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5913 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5916 if (header_of_multiple
)
5917 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5918 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5919 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5921 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
5922 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
5925 if (!header_of_multiple
)
5926 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
5933 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5936 && !header_of_multiple
5938 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5939 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5940 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5941 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5942 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5943 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
5945 struct inferior
*inf
;
5948 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
5950 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
5955 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5958 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5959 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
5964 if (!part_of_multiple
)
5966 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5968 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5969 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5970 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
5971 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
5973 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
5975 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
5976 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
5980 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5982 if (!part_of_multiple
)
5983 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
5985 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
5988 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5989 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5991 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
5992 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
5993 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5996 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
5999 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6000 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6002 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6003 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6005 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6006 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6007 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6008 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6009 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6011 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6012 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6013 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6014 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6016 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6019 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6021 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6022 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6023 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6024 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6027 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
6029 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6030 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6031 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6032 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6033 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6035 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6036 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6037 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6038 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6039 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6041 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6044 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
6045 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
6046 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6047 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
6048 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6050 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6053 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6054 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6055 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6058 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6059 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6060 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6061 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6064 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6065 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6066 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6067 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6068 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6070 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6071 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6072 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6075 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6077 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6079 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6081 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6082 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6083 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6087 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->extra_string
6088 && b
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& !b
->commands
)
6091 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t(agent printf) ");
6092 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "printf", b
->extra_string
);
6093 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6096 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6097 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6099 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6102 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6103 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6104 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6107 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6109 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6111 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6113 annotate_field (10);
6114 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6115 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6116 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6120 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6122 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6124 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6126 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6128 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6129 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6134 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6135 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6138 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6139 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6141 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6143 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6144 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6146 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6147 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6148 locations, if any. */
6149 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6151 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6152 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6153 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6156 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6157 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6159 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6160 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6162 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6165 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6167 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6168 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6169 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6170 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6177 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6179 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6180 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6182 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6186 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6187 an address to print. */
6188 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6191 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6192 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6193 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6196 return print_address_bits
;
6199 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6205 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6207 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6208 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6209 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6213 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6215 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6223 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6224 char **error_message
)
6226 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6229 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6231 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6232 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6238 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6239 internal or momentary. */
6242 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6244 return b
->number
> 0;
6247 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6248 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6249 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6250 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6251 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6252 breakpoints listed. */
6255 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6256 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6258 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6259 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6260 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6261 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6262 struct value_print_options opts
;
6263 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6264 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6265 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6267 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6269 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6270 required for address fields. */
6271 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6274 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6275 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6278 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6279 accept. Skip the others. */
6280 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6282 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6284 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6288 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6290 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6292 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6293 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6294 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6296 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6297 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6298 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6300 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6304 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6306 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6307 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6311 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6312 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6315 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6316 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6317 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6319 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6320 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6322 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6323 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6324 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6326 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6327 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6329 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6330 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6332 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6334 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6335 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6336 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6338 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6339 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6341 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6343 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6344 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6345 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6346 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6351 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6352 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6355 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6356 accept. Skip the others. */
6358 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6360 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6362 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6365 else /* all others */
6367 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6371 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6373 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6374 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6377 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6379 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6381 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6385 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6386 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6388 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6389 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6395 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6396 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6399 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6400 there have been breakpoints? */
6401 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6403 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6406 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6407 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6410 default_collect_info (void)
6412 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6414 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6415 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6417 if (!*default_collect
)
6420 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6422 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6423 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6424 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6428 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6430 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6432 default_collect_info ();
6436 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6438 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6439 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6441 if (num_printed
== 0)
6443 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6444 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6446 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6451 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6453 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6455 default_collect_info ();
6459 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6460 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6461 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6463 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6465 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6467 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6468 && bl
->address
== pc
6469 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6475 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6476 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6480 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6481 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6482 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6485 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6488 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6489 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6493 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6494 else /* if (others == ???) */
6495 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6497 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6500 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6501 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6502 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6503 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6504 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6505 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6506 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6507 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6509 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6513 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6515 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6516 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6517 printf_filtered (".\n");
6522 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6523 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6524 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6525 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6527 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6528 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6529 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6530 breakpoint at address zero:
6538 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6540 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6542 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6545 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6546 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6549 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6550 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6552 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6553 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6555 /* Both of them must exist. */
6556 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6557 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6559 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6560 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6561 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6562 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6563 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6564 other watchpoint. */
6566 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6568 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6571 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6573 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6577 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6578 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6579 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6580 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6581 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6582 become hw_access locations later. */
6583 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6584 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6585 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6586 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6589 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6590 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6591 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6592 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6595 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6596 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6598 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
6599 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6603 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6604 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6605 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6606 space doesn't really matter. */
6609 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6610 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6613 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
6614 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6615 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6618 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6619 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6620 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6621 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6624 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6625 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6628 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6631 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6632 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6636 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6637 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6638 true, otherwise returns false. */
6641 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6642 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6644 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6645 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6646 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6647 different locations. */
6648 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6653 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6654 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6655 represent the same location. */
6658 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6659 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6661 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6663 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6664 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6665 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6667 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6668 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6670 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6673 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6674 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6675 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6677 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6678 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6679 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6680 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6684 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6685 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6687 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6688 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6692 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6693 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6695 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6696 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6698 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6701 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6702 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6703 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6704 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6707 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6708 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6710 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6712 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6715 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6716 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6717 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6718 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6719 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6721 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6722 have their addresses modified. */
6727 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6729 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6730 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6731 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6733 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6734 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6736 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6737 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6739 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6744 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6745 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6747 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6749 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6754 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6755 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6758 switch (owner
->type
)
6764 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6765 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6767 case bp_exception_resume
:
6768 case bp_step_resume
:
6769 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6770 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6772 case bp_std_terminate
:
6773 case bp_shlib_event
:
6774 case bp_thread_event
:
6775 case bp_overlay_event
:
6777 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6778 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6779 case bp_exception_master
:
6780 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6781 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6783 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6784 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6786 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6787 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6788 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6790 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6791 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6792 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6793 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6798 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6799 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6800 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6803 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6809 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6811 static struct bp_location
*
6812 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6814 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6818 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6820 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6824 /* Increment reference count. */
6827 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6832 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6833 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6836 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6838 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6840 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6841 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6845 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6848 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6850 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6852 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6853 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6855 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6857 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6866 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6869 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6870 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6872 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6874 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6876 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6880 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6881 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
6882 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
6884 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6887 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
6889 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
6890 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
6891 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
6892 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
6895 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6896 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6898 static struct breakpoint
*
6899 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6901 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6903 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6905 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6906 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6910 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6911 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6915 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
6917 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
6919 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6920 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
6921 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
6924 const char *function_name
;
6925 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
6927 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
6928 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
6930 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
6932 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6934 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
6935 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
6936 &loc
->requested_address
))
6938 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6939 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6940 loc
->requested_address
,
6943 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
6944 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
6946 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6947 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6948 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
6949 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6951 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
6956 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
6960 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6962 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6965 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
6967 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
6972 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6973 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6974 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6976 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6977 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6978 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
6981 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6982 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
6983 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6985 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6987 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6989 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
6990 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
6992 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
6993 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
6995 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6996 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
6998 breakpoints_changed ();
7001 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7002 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7003 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7004 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7005 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7006 is also returned as the value of this function.
7008 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7009 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7010 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7011 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7012 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7013 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7014 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7017 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7018 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7019 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7021 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7023 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7024 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7029 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7030 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7032 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7034 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7036 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7038 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7039 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7040 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7041 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7042 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7043 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7047 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7048 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7049 initiated the operation. */
7052 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7054 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7055 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7057 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7058 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7059 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7060 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7061 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7062 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7063 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7064 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7066 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7067 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7069 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7070 after their removal. */
7071 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7072 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7073 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7076 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7079 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7081 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7083 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7085 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7086 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7088 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7089 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7094 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7096 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7098 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7099 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7101 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7102 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7106 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7107 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7108 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7112 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7114 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7117 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7119 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7121 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7122 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7123 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7125 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7127 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7130 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7131 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7132 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7133 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7139 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7140 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7143 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7144 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7148 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7150 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7152 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7153 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7155 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7157 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7158 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7159 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7160 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7163 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7165 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7167 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7168 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7169 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7171 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7176 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7178 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7181 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7183 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7184 update_global_location_list (1);
7185 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7190 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7192 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7195 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7197 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7198 update_global_location_list (0);
7199 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7203 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7204 master breakpoint. */
7206 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7208 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7210 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7211 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7212 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7214 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7215 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7219 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7221 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7223 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7225 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7226 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7227 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7231 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7233 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7235 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7236 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7238 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7239 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7241 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7243 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7249 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7251 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7253 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7254 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7255 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7256 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7259 struct lang_and_radix
7265 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7268 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7270 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7272 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7273 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7274 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7278 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7281 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7283 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7285 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7286 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7287 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7288 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7292 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7294 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7296 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7297 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7298 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7299 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7303 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7305 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7307 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7308 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7309 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7313 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7314 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7317 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7319 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7321 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7323 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7324 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7326 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7327 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7328 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7329 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7330 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7331 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7332 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7333 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7334 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7335 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7336 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7338 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
7340 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7344 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7349 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7350 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7354 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7356 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7357 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7359 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7360 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7361 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7362 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7363 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7364 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7367 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7369 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7370 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7372 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7373 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7374 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7375 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7376 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7377 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7378 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7379 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7380 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7382 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7383 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7384 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7385 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7388 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7389 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7391 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7393 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7394 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7395 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7398 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7403 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7405 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7406 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7407 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7408 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7409 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7411 struct fork_catchpoint
7413 /* The base class. */
7414 struct breakpoint base
;
7416 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7417 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7418 catchpoint has triggered. */
7419 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7422 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7426 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7428 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7431 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7435 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7437 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7440 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7444 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7445 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7446 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7448 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7450 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7453 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7457 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7460 static enum print_stop_action
7461 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7463 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7464 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7465 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7467 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7468 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7469 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7471 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7472 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7474 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7475 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7476 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7478 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7479 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7480 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7481 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7482 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7485 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7489 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7491 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7492 struct value_print_options opts
;
7493 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7495 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7497 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7498 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7500 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7501 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7503 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7504 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7506 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7507 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7508 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7509 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7513 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7517 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7519 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7522 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7526 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7528 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7529 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7532 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7534 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7536 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7540 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7542 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7545 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7549 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7551 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7554 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7558 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7559 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7560 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7562 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7564 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7567 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7571 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7574 static enum print_stop_action
7575 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7577 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7578 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7579 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7581 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7582 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7583 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7585 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7586 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7588 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7589 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7590 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7592 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7593 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7594 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7595 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7596 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7599 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7603 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7605 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7606 struct value_print_options opts
;
7607 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7609 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7610 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7611 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7613 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7614 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7616 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7617 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7619 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7620 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7621 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7622 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7626 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7630 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7632 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7635 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7639 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7641 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7642 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7645 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7647 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7649 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7650 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7651 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7652 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7653 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7655 struct solib_catchpoint
7657 /* The base class. */
7658 struct breakpoint base
;
7660 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7661 unsigned char is_load
;
7663 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7664 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7670 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7672 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7675 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7676 xfree (self
->regex
);
7678 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7682 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7688 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7694 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7695 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7697 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7699 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7700 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7702 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7705 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7707 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7709 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7712 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7715 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7718 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7720 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7729 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7731 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7732 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7737 struct so_list
*iter
;
7740 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7745 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7754 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7759 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7765 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7768 static enum print_stop_action
7769 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7771 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7772 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7774 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7775 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7776 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7778 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7779 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7780 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7781 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7782 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7783 print_solib_event (1);
7784 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7788 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7790 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7791 struct value_print_options opts
;
7792 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7795 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7796 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7797 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7799 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7802 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7809 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7811 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7816 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7818 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7820 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7825 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7827 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7829 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7830 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7834 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7836 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7838 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7839 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7840 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7842 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7843 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7846 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7848 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7852 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7853 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7855 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7856 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7858 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7860 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7864 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7866 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7867 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
7873 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
7876 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
7878 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
7879 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
7881 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
7884 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7885 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
,
7886 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7888 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7889 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7893 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7894 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7896 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
7900 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7901 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7903 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
7908 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7909 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7910 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7911 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7912 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7914 struct syscall_catchpoint
7916 /* The base class. */
7917 struct breakpoint base
;
7919 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7920 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7921 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7922 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7923 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
7926 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7930 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7932 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
7934 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
7936 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7939 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
7941 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7943 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7944 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7945 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7947 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7948 int any_syscall_count
;
7950 /* Count of each system call. */
7951 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
7953 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
7954 if any catching is necessary. */
7955 int total_syscalls_count
;
7958 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
7959 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
7961 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
7963 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
7964 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
7966 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
7967 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
7974 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
7980 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7984 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7986 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7987 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
7988 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
7989 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
7991 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
7992 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
7993 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
7999 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8004 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8006 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8007 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8008 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8010 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8011 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8012 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8014 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8015 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8017 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8018 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8022 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8023 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8024 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8026 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8028 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8031 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8035 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8037 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8038 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8039 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8040 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8042 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8043 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8044 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8050 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8054 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8055 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8057 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8058 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8062 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8063 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8064 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8066 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8068 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8071 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8075 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8076 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8077 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8079 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8080 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8081 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8082 int syscall_number
= 0;
8083 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8084 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8086 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8087 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8090 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8092 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8093 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8098 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8100 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8110 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8113 static enum print_stop_action
8114 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8116 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8117 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8118 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8119 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8120 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8121 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8123 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8126 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8128 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8130 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8132 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8133 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8135 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8136 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8138 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8139 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8140 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8141 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8142 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8144 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8146 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8147 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8149 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8151 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8152 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8154 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8156 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8158 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8161 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8165 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8166 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8168 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8169 struct value_print_options opts
;
8170 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8172 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8173 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8174 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8176 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8177 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8180 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8181 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8182 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8184 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8186 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8189 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8192 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8197 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8200 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8202 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8204 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8205 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8209 /* Remove the last comma. */
8210 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8211 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8214 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8215 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8218 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8222 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8224 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8226 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8230 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8231 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8233 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8236 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8240 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8243 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8245 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8247 printf_filtered (")");
8250 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8254 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8258 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8260 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8262 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8264 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8269 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8274 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8276 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8278 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8281 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8284 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8286 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8288 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8291 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8293 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8296 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8297 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8298 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8299 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8302 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8303 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8305 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8307 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8310 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8312 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8314 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8315 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8319 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8321 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8322 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8325 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8328 update_global_location_list (1);
8332 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8333 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8334 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8336 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8338 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8340 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8342 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8345 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8347 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8348 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8349 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8350 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8351 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8353 struct exec_catchpoint
8355 /* The base class. */
8356 struct breakpoint base
;
8358 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8359 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8361 char *exec_pathname
;
8364 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8368 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8370 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8372 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8374 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8378 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8380 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8384 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8386 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8390 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8391 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8392 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8394 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8396 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8399 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8403 static enum print_stop_action
8404 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8406 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8407 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8408 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8410 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8411 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8412 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8414 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8415 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8417 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8418 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8419 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8421 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8422 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8423 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8424 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8426 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8430 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8432 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8433 struct value_print_options opts
;
8434 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8436 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8438 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8439 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8440 is relatively readable). */
8441 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8442 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8444 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8445 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8447 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8448 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8449 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8454 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8456 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8459 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8463 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8465 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8466 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8469 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8472 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8473 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8475 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8476 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8478 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8479 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8480 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8482 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8486 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8489 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8490 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8494 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8495 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8497 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8499 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8506 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8510 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8513 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8515 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8518 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8520 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8522 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8528 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8529 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8530 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8531 types _not_ TYPE. */
8534 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8535 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8538 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8540 *other_type_used
= 0;
8545 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8548 if (b
->type
== type
)
8549 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8550 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8551 *other_type_used
= 1;
8558 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8560 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8564 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8566 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8567 update_global_location_list (0);
8573 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8575 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8579 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8581 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8582 update_global_location_list (1);
8588 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8590 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8591 update_global_location_list (0);
8595 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8597 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8598 breakpoint_re_set ();
8602 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8603 at address specified by SAL.
8604 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8607 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8608 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8610 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8612 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8614 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8616 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8617 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8618 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8619 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8621 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8622 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8624 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8625 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8627 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8632 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8633 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8636 static struct breakpoint
*
8637 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8639 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8641 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8643 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8644 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8645 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8647 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8648 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8649 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8650 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8651 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8652 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8654 if (orig
->loc
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8655 copy
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->loc
->source_file
);
8657 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8658 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8659 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8660 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8662 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8663 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8664 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8666 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8670 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8674 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8676 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8680 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8684 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8687 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8689 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8691 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8692 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8694 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8698 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8701 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8703 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8704 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8706 printf_filtered ("\n");
8710 static struct bp_location
*
8711 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8712 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8714 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8715 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8716 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8718 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8719 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8721 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8722 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8723 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8724 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8725 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8726 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8727 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8730 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8731 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8735 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8736 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8737 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8738 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8739 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8740 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8741 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8743 if (sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8744 loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
->symtab
->filename
);
8745 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8747 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8748 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8753 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8754 return 0 otherwise. */
8757 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8761 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8762 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8763 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8766 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8768 addr
= loc
->address
;
8769 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8771 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8775 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8777 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8778 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8779 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8780 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8782 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8783 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8785 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8786 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8789 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8794 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8795 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8798 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8800 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8801 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8806 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8808 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8810 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8812 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8814 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8815 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8817 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8818 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8819 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8821 if (!dprintf_function
)
8822 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8824 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8825 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8830 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8834 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8836 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8837 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8840 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8841 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8845 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8846 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8848 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8851 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
, *cont_cmd_line
= NULL
;
8853 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
8855 cont_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8856 cont_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8857 cont_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8858 cont_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8859 cont_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8860 cont_cmd_line
->line
= xstrdup ("continue");
8863 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8864 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8865 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8866 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8867 printf_cmd_line
->next
= cont_cmd_line
;
8868 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8870 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
8874 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8875 current style settings. */
8878 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
8879 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8881 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8885 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8886 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8890 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8891 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8892 as condition expression. */
8895 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8896 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
8897 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
8899 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8900 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8901 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8902 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8903 int display_canonical
)
8907 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8909 int target_resources_ok
;
8911 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8912 target_resources_ok
=
8913 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8915 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8916 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8917 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8918 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8921 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
8923 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8925 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
8926 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8930 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8932 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8934 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8935 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8940 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8944 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
8945 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
8946 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8947 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8948 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8950 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8951 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8953 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8955 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8956 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8958 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8960 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8961 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8962 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
8966 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8968 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8970 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
8971 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
8973 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8975 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
8977 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8979 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
8980 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
8982 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8984 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
8987 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8988 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8995 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8996 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9000 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9001 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9005 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9006 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9007 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9009 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9012 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9013 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9014 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9016 if (b
->extra_string
)
9017 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9019 error (_("Format string required"));
9021 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9022 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9025 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9027 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9029 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9032 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9037 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9038 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9039 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9041 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9042 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9043 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9044 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9045 int display_canonical
)
9047 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9048 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9050 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9052 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9054 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9058 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9060 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9062 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9064 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9066 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9068 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9070 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9072 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9075 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9076 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9077 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9078 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9079 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9080 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9081 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9082 we take just a single condition string.
9084 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9085 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9086 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9087 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9088 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9091 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9092 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9093 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9094 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9095 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9096 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9097 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9100 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9102 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9103 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9105 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9107 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9108 'break', without arguments. */
9109 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9110 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9112 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9113 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9115 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9116 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9119 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9121 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9122 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9123 canonical
->special_display
);
9124 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9128 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9129 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9130 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9131 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9133 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9134 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9137 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9138 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9140 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9142 if ((*address
) == NULL
9143 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9145 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9147 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9149 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9150 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9153 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9154 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9155 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9157 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9158 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9159 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9160 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9161 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9162 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9164 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9166 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9167 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9168 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9169 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9170 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9172 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9174 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9175 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9176 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9178 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9181 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9185 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9187 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9188 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9189 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9190 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9192 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9193 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9194 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9196 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9197 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9198 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9199 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9200 get_last_displayed_line (),
9201 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9203 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9204 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9209 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9210 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9213 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9217 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9218 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9221 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9222 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9223 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9224 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9225 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9229 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9230 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9233 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9235 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9237 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9239 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9241 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9243 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9244 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9245 associated with SAL. */
9248 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9250 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9253 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9254 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9256 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9260 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9262 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9263 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9265 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9268 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9269 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9270 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9271 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9272 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9273 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9276 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9277 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9280 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9289 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9290 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9292 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9294 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9296 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9300 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9302 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9304 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9306 struct expression
*expr
;
9308 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9309 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9312 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9314 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9320 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9322 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9323 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9324 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9326 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9332 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9334 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9335 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9336 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9340 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9344 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9348 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9350 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9351 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9353 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9354 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9355 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9356 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9361 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9363 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9365 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9366 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9368 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9369 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9370 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9372 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9373 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9375 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9377 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9379 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9381 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9383 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9384 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9386 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9389 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9395 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9396 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9397 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9398 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9399 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9400 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9401 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9402 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9403 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9407 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9408 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9409 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9410 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
9411 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9413 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9414 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9415 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9418 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9419 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9420 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9421 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9422 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9423 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9426 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9428 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9430 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9432 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9434 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9435 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9438 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9442 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9448 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9450 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9453 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9454 throw_exception (e
);
9456 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9458 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9459 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9460 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9461 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9462 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9465 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9466 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9467 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9468 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9470 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9472 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9473 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9474 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9475 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9476 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9478 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9482 throw_exception (e
);
9486 throw_exception (e
);
9489 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9490 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9492 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9493 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9494 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9495 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9496 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9498 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9499 are ok for the target. */
9503 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9505 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9506 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9509 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9510 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9513 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9515 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9516 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9519 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9520 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9524 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9526 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9528 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9531 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9532 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9533 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9534 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9536 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9537 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9539 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9541 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9543 extra_string
= rest
;
9547 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9550 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9551 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9553 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9556 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9557 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9561 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
9562 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9563 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9564 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9565 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9569 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9571 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9573 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9575 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9577 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9581 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9583 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9585 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9586 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9587 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9590 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9593 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9594 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9596 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9598 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9599 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9600 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9601 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9602 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9603 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9604 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9605 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9607 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9610 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9612 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9613 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9614 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9617 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9619 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9620 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9621 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9623 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9624 update_global_location_list (1);
9629 /* Set a breakpoint.
9630 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9631 condition, and thread.
9632 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9633 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9637 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9639 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9640 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9641 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9643 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9644 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9646 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9647 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9648 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9650 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9652 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9654 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9655 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9656 0 /* Ignore count */,
9657 pending_break_support
,
9665 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9668 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9672 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9674 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9675 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9676 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
9679 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9680 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9681 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9682 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9685 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9687 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9691 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9694 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9697 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9698 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
9702 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9703 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9704 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9705 happen in assembly source). */
9707 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
9708 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9710 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9712 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9714 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
9716 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9723 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9725 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9729 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9731 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9735 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9737 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9741 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9743 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9747 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9749 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9750 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9751 stop at <line>\n"));
9755 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9759 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9761 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9766 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9767 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9768 function/method name. */
9769 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9771 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9776 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9778 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9782 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9784 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9788 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9792 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9799 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9800 it is probably a line number. */
9801 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9803 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9808 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9810 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9814 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9816 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9819 void dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
9821 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9822 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9823 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9827 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9829 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9831 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9833 0 /* Ignore count */,
9834 pending_break_support
,
9835 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9843 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9845 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9848 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9849 ranged breakpoints. */
9852 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9853 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9855 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9857 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9858 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9861 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9862 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9865 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9866 ranged breakpoints. */
9869 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9871 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9874 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9875 ranged breakpoints. */
9877 static enum print_stop_action
9878 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9880 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9881 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9882 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9884 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9886 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9887 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9889 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9890 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9891 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9893 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9894 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9896 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9897 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9898 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9900 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9901 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
9903 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9906 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9907 ranged breakpoints. */
9910 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9911 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9913 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9914 struct value_print_options opts
;
9915 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9917 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9918 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9920 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9922 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9923 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9924 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9925 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
9927 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9931 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9932 ranged breakpoints. */
9935 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9936 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9938 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9939 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9940 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
9941 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
9945 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9946 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9948 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
9949 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
9950 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9951 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9952 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
9953 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
9955 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9958 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9959 ranged breakpoints. */
9962 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9964 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9965 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9968 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9970 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9973 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9974 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9975 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9978 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9979 ranged breakpoints. */
9982 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9984 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
9985 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
9986 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9989 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9991 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9993 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9994 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9995 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9996 last instruction of the given line. */
9999 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10003 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10004 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10005 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10012 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10014 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10016 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10023 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10026 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10028 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10029 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10030 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10032 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10033 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10034 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10035 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10037 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10038 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10039 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10041 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10042 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10043 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10045 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10046 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10048 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10049 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10050 error(_("No address range specified."));
10052 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10055 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10057 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10060 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10061 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10062 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10064 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10066 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10067 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10068 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10070 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10071 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10072 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10074 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10075 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10077 /* Parse the end location. */
10079 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10082 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10083 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10084 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10085 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10086 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10087 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10088 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10089 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10091 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10093 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10094 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10096 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10097 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10098 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10099 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10101 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10102 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10103 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10105 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10106 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10107 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10109 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10111 /* Length overflowed. */
10112 error (_("Address range too large."));
10113 else if (length
== 1)
10115 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10116 the `hbreak' command. */
10117 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10119 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10124 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10125 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10126 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10127 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10128 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10129 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10130 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10131 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10132 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10134 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10137 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10138 update_global_location_list (1);
10141 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10142 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10143 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10147 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10149 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10155 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10156 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10159 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10169 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10170 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10171 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10172 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10173 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10175 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10203 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10206 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10207 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10212 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10213 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10214 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10215 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10216 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10217 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10218 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10220 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10221 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10226 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10228 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10229 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10230 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10231 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10233 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10234 are always constant. */
10236 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10238 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10239 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10240 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10245 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10246 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10247 then it is not a constant. */
10256 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10259 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10261 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10263 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10265 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10266 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10267 value_free (w
->val
);
10269 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10272 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10275 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10277 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10279 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10280 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10282 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10283 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10284 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10285 are loaded and unloaded.
10287 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10288 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10289 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10290 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10291 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10292 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10294 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10295 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10296 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10297 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10299 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10300 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10302 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10303 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10304 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10307 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10310 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10312 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10313 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10315 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10319 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10322 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10324 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10325 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10327 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10332 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10333 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10334 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10336 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10337 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10339 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10340 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10341 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10342 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10343 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10344 (did not match the data address). */
10345 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10346 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10353 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10355 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10357 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10360 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10361 hardware watchpoints. */
10364 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10366 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10367 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10369 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10372 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10373 hardware watchpoints. */
10376 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10378 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10379 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10382 static enum print_stop_action
10383 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10385 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10386 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10387 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
10388 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10389 enum print_stop_action result
;
10390 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10391 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10393 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10395 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
10396 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10397 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10399 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10400 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10404 case bp_watchpoint
:
10405 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10406 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10407 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10408 ui_out_field_string
10410 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10412 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10413 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10414 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10415 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10416 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10417 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10418 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10419 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10420 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10421 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10424 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10425 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10426 ui_out_field_string
10428 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10430 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10431 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10432 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10433 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10434 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10435 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10438 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10439 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10441 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10442 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10443 ui_out_field_string
10445 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10447 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10448 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10449 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10450 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10451 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10456 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10457 ui_out_field_string
10459 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10460 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10461 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10463 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10464 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10465 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10466 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10469 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10472 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10476 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10480 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10482 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10483 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10484 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10488 case bp_watchpoint
:
10489 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10490 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10492 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10493 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10494 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10496 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10497 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10498 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10500 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10501 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10502 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10505 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10506 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10509 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10510 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10511 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10512 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10515 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10519 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10521 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10525 case bp_watchpoint
:
10526 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10527 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10529 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10530 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10532 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10533 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10536 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10537 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10540 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10541 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10544 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10546 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10548 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10549 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10552 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10554 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10556 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10557 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10560 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10561 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10564 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10566 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10568 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10569 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10572 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10573 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10576 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10578 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10580 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10583 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10584 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10587 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10592 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10593 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10595 static enum print_stop_action
10596 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10598 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10599 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10601 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10602 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10606 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10607 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10608 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10609 ui_out_field_string
10611 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10614 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10615 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10616 ui_out_field_string
10618 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10621 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10622 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10623 ui_out_field_string
10625 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10628 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10629 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10633 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10634 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10635 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10636 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10638 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10639 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10642 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10643 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10646 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10647 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10649 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10651 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10652 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10654 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10655 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10656 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10659 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10660 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10663 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10665 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10666 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10667 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10671 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10672 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10673 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10675 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10676 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10677 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10679 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10680 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10681 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10684 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10685 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10688 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10689 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10690 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10691 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10694 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10695 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10698 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10700 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10705 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10706 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10708 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10709 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10711 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10712 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10715 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10716 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10719 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10720 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10721 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10724 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10726 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10728 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10731 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10733 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10736 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10737 hw_read: watch read,
10738 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10740 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10741 int just_location
, int internal
)
10743 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10744 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10745 struct expression
*exp
;
10746 struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10747 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10748 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10749 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10750 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10751 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10753 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10754 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10755 enum bptype bp_type
;
10758 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10759 the hardware watchpoint. */
10761 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10762 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10764 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10765 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10769 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10770 of the arguments string. */
10771 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10773 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10774 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10777 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10778 This is the value of the parameter. */
10779 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10781 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10783 /* Skip whitespace. */
10784 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10789 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10790 This is the parameter itself. */
10791 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10794 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10796 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10798 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10799 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10800 only in a specific thread. */
10804 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10806 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10807 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10809 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10811 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10812 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10814 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10815 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10816 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
10818 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10820 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10821 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10823 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10826 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10828 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10830 mark
= value_mark ();
10831 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10832 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10833 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10836 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10839 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10840 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10845 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10846 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10848 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10850 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10851 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10853 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10856 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10857 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
10861 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10862 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10864 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10867 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10868 mark
= value_mark ();
10869 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
10875 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10876 val
= value_addr (result
);
10877 release_value (val
);
10878 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10882 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
10885 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10886 else if (ret
== -2)
10887 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10890 else if (val
!= NULL
)
10891 release_value (val
);
10893 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10894 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10896 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10897 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10899 struct expression
*cond
;
10901 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10902 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10903 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
10905 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10906 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10907 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10913 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10915 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10916 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10917 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10918 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10920 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10922 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10924 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10925 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10926 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10927 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10928 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
10930 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
10933 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
10934 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
10935 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10936 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10938 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10940 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10941 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10943 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10944 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
10946 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10947 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
10948 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
10949 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
10950 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
10951 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10952 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10953 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10954 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10958 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10960 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
10963 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
10964 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10966 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
10967 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10968 b
->thread
= thread
;
10969 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10970 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10972 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10973 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10976 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
10977 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
10980 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
10981 name
= type_to_string (t
);
10983 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
10984 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
10987 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10988 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10990 /* The above expression is in C. */
10991 b
->language
= language_c
;
10994 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10998 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11007 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11009 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11013 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11014 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11018 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11019 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11022 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11024 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11025 need to act on them together. */
11026 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11027 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11030 if (!just_location
)
11031 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11033 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11035 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11036 that should be inserted. */
11037 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11041 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11042 throw_exception (e
);
11045 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11048 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11049 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11052 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11054 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11055 struct value
*head
= v
;
11057 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11058 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11061 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11062 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11063 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11064 hardware watchpoint.
11066 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11067 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11068 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11069 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11070 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11071 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11072 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11073 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11074 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11076 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11077 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11078 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11079 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11080 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11082 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11084 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11085 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11086 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11087 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11088 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11089 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11093 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11094 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11095 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11097 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11098 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11099 middle of some value chain. */
11101 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11102 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11104 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11108 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11109 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11110 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11112 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11116 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11120 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11121 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11122 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11123 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11124 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11127 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11128 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11129 return found_memory_cnt
;
11133 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11135 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11138 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11139 calls watch_command_1. */
11142 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11144 int just_location
= 0;
11147 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11148 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11150 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11154 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11158 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11160 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11164 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11166 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11170 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11172 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11176 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11178 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11182 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11184 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11188 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11189 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11191 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11193 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11194 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11198 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11199 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11200 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11203 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11205 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11207 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11208 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11209 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11210 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11214 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11216 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11217 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11218 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11219 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11220 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11221 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11222 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11223 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11224 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11226 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11228 clear_proceed_status ();
11230 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11233 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11234 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11235 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11236 get_last_displayed_line ());
11238 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11239 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11241 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11242 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11244 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11245 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11248 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11250 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11252 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11255 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11257 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11258 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11259 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11262 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11263 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11264 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11265 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11267 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11270 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11272 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11274 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11275 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11276 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11280 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11282 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11283 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11286 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11290 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11291 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11292 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11293 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11295 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11296 only at the very same frame. */
11297 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11298 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11299 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11301 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11303 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11304 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11305 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11306 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11308 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11310 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11311 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11313 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11314 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11315 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11317 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11318 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11319 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11323 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11326 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11327 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11329 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11330 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11331 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11332 if clause in the arg string. */
11335 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11339 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11342 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11345 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11346 condition string. */
11347 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11348 cond_string
= *arg
;
11350 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11352 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11354 return cond_string
;
11357 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11358 process start/exit, etc. */
11362 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11363 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11368 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11369 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11371 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11372 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11373 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11376 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11377 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11378 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11382 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11384 /* The allowed syntax is:
11386 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11388 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11389 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11391 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11392 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11394 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11395 and enable reporting of such events. */
11398 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11399 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11400 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11401 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11403 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11404 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11405 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11406 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11409 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11415 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11416 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11418 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11419 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11421 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11423 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11427 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11429 /* The allowed syntax is:
11431 catch exec if <cond>
11433 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11434 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11436 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11437 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11439 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11440 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11441 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11442 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11444 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11447 static enum print_stop_action
11448 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11450 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11451 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11452 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
11454 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
11456 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11457 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
11458 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
11461 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11462 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11463 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
11465 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11466 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11467 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11468 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
11469 : " (exception caught), ");
11470 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11472 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
11473 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
11474 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
11475 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11477 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
11481 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11482 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
11484 struct value_print_options opts
;
11485 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11487 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11488 if (opts
.addressprint
)
11490 annotate_field (4);
11491 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11492 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11494 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
11495 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
11497 annotate_field (5);
11499 *last_loc
= b
->loc
;
11500 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
11501 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
11503 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
11507 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11509 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11513 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11514 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11515 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11516 : _("Catchpoint "));
11517 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11518 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
11522 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11523 catch catchpoints. */
11526 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11527 struct ui_file
*fp
)
11532 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11533 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11534 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11535 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
11536 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11539 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
11542 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
11543 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
11545 char *trigger_func_name
;
11547 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11548 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
11550 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
11552 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11553 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
11554 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11555 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
11557 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
11558 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
11566 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11569 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
11570 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
11572 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11576 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11578 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11580 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11581 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11583 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
11584 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11585 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11587 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
11590 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11593 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11596 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11598 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11600 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11603 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11606 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11608 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11610 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11614 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11615 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11616 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11618 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11624 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11626 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11628 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11629 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11630 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11631 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11632 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11633 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11634 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11635 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11636 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11637 enough for now, though. */
11640 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11642 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11643 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11644 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11645 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11648 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11649 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11651 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11653 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11654 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11656 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11658 int i
, syscall_number
;
11660 char cur_name
[128];
11663 /* Skip whitespace. */
11664 while (isspace (*arg
))
11667 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11668 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11669 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11672 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11673 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11674 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11675 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11678 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11680 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11682 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11683 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11684 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11685 syscall number to be caught. */
11686 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11689 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11690 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11693 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11697 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11700 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11701 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11706 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11708 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11709 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11710 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11711 this architecture yet."));
11713 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11715 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11717 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11718 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11719 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11720 for his/her architecture. */
11721 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11723 /* The allowed syntax is:
11725 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11727 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11730 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11734 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11735 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11739 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11741 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11746 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11748 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11751 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11754 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11756 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11757 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11758 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11759 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11761 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11763 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11766 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11770 return ub
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11773 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11776 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11778 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11779 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11782 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11783 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11785 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11789 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11790 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11791 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11796 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11797 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11798 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11799 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11801 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11802 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11803 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11804 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11805 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11806 error (_("No source file specified."));
11808 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11814 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11815 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11816 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11817 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11819 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11820 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11821 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11822 due to optimization, all in one block.
11824 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11825 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11826 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11827 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11828 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11829 to support that. */
11831 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11832 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11833 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11837 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11838 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11840 int is_abs
, sal_name_len
;
11842 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11843 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11844 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11847 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11852 1 0 <can't happen> */
11854 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11855 is_abs
= sal
.symtab
== NULL
? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11856 sal_name_len
= is_abs
? 0 : strlen (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11858 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11859 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11862 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11863 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11865 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11866 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11868 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11869 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11870 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11872 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11873 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11874 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11875 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11876 int line_match
= 0;
11878 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11879 && loc
->source_file
!= NULL
11880 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11881 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11882 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
)
11884 if (filename_cmp (loc
->source_file
,
11885 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0)
11887 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
)
11888 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc
->source_file
,
11889 sal
.symtab
->filename
,
11894 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11903 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11907 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11908 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11911 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11913 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11916 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11917 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11918 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11919 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11920 compare_breakpoints
);
11921 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11922 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11926 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11931 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11932 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11935 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11936 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11938 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11940 breakpoints_changed ();
11942 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11945 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11946 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11949 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11951 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11954 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11955 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11956 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11959 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11961 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11963 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11964 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11965 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11967 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11969 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11971 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11972 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11976 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11977 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11978 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11979 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11980 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11981 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11984 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11986 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
11987 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
11988 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11989 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11990 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11992 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11993 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11995 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11996 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11999 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12000 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12001 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12003 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12004 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12005 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12007 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12008 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12009 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12011 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12012 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12013 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12015 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12018 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12019 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12020 content of the bp_location array. */
12023 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12025 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12027 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12028 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12030 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12032 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12034 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12037 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12038 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12040 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12041 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12042 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12043 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12045 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12047 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12048 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12049 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12050 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12054 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12057 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12059 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12060 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12062 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12065 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12067 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12069 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12071 if (!is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
12074 if ((bl
->owner
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12075 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12076 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12079 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12080 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12081 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12082 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12085 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12087 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12090 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) bl
->owner
;
12091 t
->number_on_target
= bl
->owner
->number
;
12094 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12097 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12100 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12102 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12103 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12104 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12105 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12107 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12108 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12109 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12110 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12111 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12113 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12114 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12115 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12116 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12117 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12118 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12119 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12120 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12123 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12124 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12125 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12129 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12131 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12132 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12133 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12136 address
= bl
->address
;
12137 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12139 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12140 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12141 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12143 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12144 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12147 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12148 the same program space as the location
12149 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12150 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12151 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12155 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12156 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12159 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12160 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12161 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12162 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12163 that have already been marked. */
12164 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12166 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12168 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12170 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12171 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12176 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12177 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12178 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12179 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12180 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12181 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12182 returns true on them.
12184 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12185 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12186 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12187 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12188 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12189 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12192 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12194 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12195 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12196 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12197 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12198 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12199 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12200 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12202 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12203 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12204 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12205 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12206 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12208 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12209 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12210 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12211 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12213 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12214 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12215 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12216 unsigned old_location_count
;
12218 old_location
= bp_location
;
12219 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12220 bp_location
= NULL
;
12221 bp_location_count
= 0;
12222 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12224 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12225 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12226 bp_location_count
++;
12228 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12229 locp
= bp_location
;
12230 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12231 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12233 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12234 bp_location_compare
);
12236 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12238 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12239 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12240 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12241 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12242 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12245 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12246 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12248 locp
= bp_location
;
12249 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12252 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12253 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12255 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12256 not, we have to free it. */
12257 int found_object
= 0;
12258 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12259 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12262 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12263 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12264 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12265 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12269 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12270 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12273 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12274 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12275 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12277 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12278 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12279 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12281 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12282 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12285 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12289 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12290 have to go through updates again. */
12291 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12293 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12295 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12297 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12298 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12299 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12300 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12301 at certain location is not inserted. */
12303 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12305 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12308 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12310 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12311 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12312 keep_in_target
= 1;
12316 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12317 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12318 remove its target-side condition. */
12320 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12321 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12322 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12323 this one from the target. */
12325 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12326 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12329 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12330 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12333 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12335 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12337 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12338 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12339 supported, but the latter are. */
12340 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12342 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12343 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12346 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12347 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12349 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12350 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12352 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12353 keep_in_target
= 1;
12361 if (!keep_in_target
)
12363 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12365 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12366 this location on the global list, and try to
12367 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12368 reason why we will succeed next time.
12370 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12371 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12372 only after calling us. */
12373 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12374 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12375 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12383 if (removed
&& non_stop
12384 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12385 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12387 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12388 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12389 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12390 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12391 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12392 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12393 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12394 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12395 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12396 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12397 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12398 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12399 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12400 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12403 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12404 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12406 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12407 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12408 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12409 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12410 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12411 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12412 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12413 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12414 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12415 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12416 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12417 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12418 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12421 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12422 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12423 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12424 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12426 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12427 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12428 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12429 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12430 traps we can no longer explain. */
12432 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12433 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12435 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12439 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12440 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12445 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12446 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12447 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12448 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12449 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12450 are sorted first for the same address.
12452 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12453 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12455 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12456 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12457 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12458 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12459 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12461 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12463 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12466 if (!should_be_inserted (loc
)
12467 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12468 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12469 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12470 `struct bp_location'. */
12471 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12473 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12474 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12478 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12479 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12480 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12481 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12482 "actually inserted"));
12484 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12485 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12486 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12487 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12488 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12489 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12491 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12493 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12494 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12495 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12497 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12498 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12500 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12502 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12503 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12504 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12510 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12511 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12512 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12514 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12515 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12517 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12518 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12520 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12521 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12522 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12523 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12524 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12527 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12528 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12529 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
12532 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12535 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12536 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12537 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12539 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12544 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12546 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12550 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12552 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12555 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12556 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12558 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12559 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12565 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12567 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12569 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12570 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12573 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12576 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12580 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12581 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12583 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12584 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12585 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12589 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12591 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12593 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12595 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12599 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12603 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12605 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12606 struct value_print_options opts
;
12608 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12610 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12612 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12614 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12618 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->source_file
== NULL
)
12620 printf_filtered (" at ");
12621 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12624 if (b
->loc
->source_file
)
12626 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12628 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12629 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12630 b
->loc
->source_file
, b
->loc
->line_number
);
12632 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12633 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12634 real situation somewhat. */
12635 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12640 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12642 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12644 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12649 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12652 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12654 xfree (self
->cond
);
12655 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12656 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12657 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12658 xfree (self
->source_file
);
12661 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12666 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12670 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12672 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12673 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12674 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12675 xfree (self
->filter
);
12676 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12679 static struct bp_location
*
12680 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12682 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12684 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12685 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12690 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12692 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12695 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12696 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12699 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12701 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12705 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12707 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12711 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12712 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12714 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12716 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12720 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12725 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12729 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12731 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12734 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12738 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12740 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12743 static enum print_stop_action
12744 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12746 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12750 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12751 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12757 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12759 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12763 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12765 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12769 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12770 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12771 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12775 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12779 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12780 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12781 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12783 char *extra_string
,
12784 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12785 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12787 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12788 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12789 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12790 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12792 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12796 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12797 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12799 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12802 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12804 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12805 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12806 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12807 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12808 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12809 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12810 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12811 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12812 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12813 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12815 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12816 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12817 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12818 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12819 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12820 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12823 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12826 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12828 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12829 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12831 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12832 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12836 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12840 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12842 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12843 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12846 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12851 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12853 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12854 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12856 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12860 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12861 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12862 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12864 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
12866 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12867 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12870 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12874 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12875 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12876 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12883 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12885 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12890 static enum print_stop_action
12891 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12893 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12894 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12896 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12898 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12900 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12901 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12903 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12904 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12905 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12908 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12910 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12912 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
12913 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12915 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
12916 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12917 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12919 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
12920 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
12922 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12926 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12928 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12933 case bp_breakpoint
:
12934 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12935 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12936 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12938 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12939 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12940 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12941 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12943 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12944 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12947 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12955 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12957 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12958 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12959 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12960 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12961 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12962 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12963 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12964 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12965 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12967 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12968 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12970 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12971 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12975 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12976 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12977 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12978 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12980 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
12981 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
12985 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12986 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12987 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12989 char *extra_string
,
12990 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12991 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12993 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12994 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12995 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12996 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12998 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
12999 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13001 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13002 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13003 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13007 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13008 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13010 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13013 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13016 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13020 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13021 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13022 case bp_overlay_event
:
13023 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13024 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13025 case bp_exception_master
:
13026 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13029 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13030 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13031 case bp_shlib_event
:
13033 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13034 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13035 case bp_thread_event
:
13041 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13043 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13045 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13046 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13047 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13048 objects (among other things). */
13049 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13050 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13056 static enum print_stop_action
13057 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13059 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13060 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13062 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13066 case bp_shlib_event
:
13067 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13068 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13069 to shlib event" message.) */
13070 print_solib_event (0);
13073 case bp_thread_event
:
13074 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13075 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13076 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13079 case bp_overlay_event
:
13080 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13081 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13084 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13085 /* These should never be enabled. */
13086 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13089 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13090 /* These should never be enabled. */
13091 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13092 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13095 case bp_exception_master
:
13096 /* These should never be enabled. */
13097 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13098 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13102 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13106 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13108 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13111 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13114 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13116 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13117 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13118 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13119 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13123 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13125 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13128 static enum print_stop_action
13129 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13131 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13133 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13135 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13140 ui_out_field_string
13142 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13146 ui_out_field_string
13148 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13153 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13157 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13159 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13162 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13164 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13165 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13168 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13170 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13173 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13175 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13178 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13181 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13183 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13187 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13189 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13196 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13198 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13199 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13201 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13205 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13206 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13207 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13208 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13210 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13212 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13214 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13215 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13217 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13221 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13222 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13224 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13226 error (_("probe not found"));
13229 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13232 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13234 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13238 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13239 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13240 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13242 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13248 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13249 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13251 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13252 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13254 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13256 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13257 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13258 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13259 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13264 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13266 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13271 case bp_tracepoint
:
13272 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13273 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13275 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13276 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13277 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13279 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13280 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13281 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13284 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13285 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13292 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13294 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13296 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13297 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13298 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13299 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13300 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13301 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13303 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13304 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13306 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13307 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13309 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13310 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13314 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13315 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13316 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13317 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13319 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13320 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13324 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13325 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13326 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13328 char *extra_string
,
13329 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13330 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13332 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13333 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13334 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13335 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13337 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13338 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13340 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13341 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13342 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13346 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13347 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13349 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13352 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13354 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13358 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13359 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13360 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13361 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13363 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13364 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13365 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13369 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13370 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13372 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13373 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13376 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13378 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13382 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13383 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13384 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13385 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13387 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13389 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13391 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13393 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13394 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13395 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13399 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13400 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13401 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13403 char *extra_string
,
13404 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13405 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13407 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13408 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13409 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13410 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13414 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13415 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13416 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13417 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13418 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13419 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13421 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13423 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13424 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13425 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13428 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13429 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13431 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13432 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13434 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13435 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13437 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13438 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13439 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13440 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13441 canonical
->special_display
);
13442 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13443 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13444 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13445 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13446 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13447 corresponds to this one */
13448 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13450 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13452 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13457 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13458 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13460 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13462 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13463 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13465 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13469 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13472 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13475 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13477 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13480 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13484 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13486 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13488 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13490 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13491 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13494 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13495 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13496 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13497 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13498 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13501 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13502 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13503 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13504 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13506 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13509 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13510 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13511 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13513 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13514 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13516 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13517 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13518 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13519 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13523 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13525 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13526 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13527 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13528 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13529 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13532 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13533 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13534 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13535 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13537 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13539 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13540 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13542 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13543 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13545 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13549 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13551 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13552 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13553 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13554 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13555 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13556 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13557 commands won't work. */
13559 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13561 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13562 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13563 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13564 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13565 might be better design to have location completely
13566 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13567 update_global_location_list (0);
13569 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13570 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13571 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13572 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13577 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13579 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13583 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13585 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13588 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13589 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13592 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13593 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13597 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13602 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13604 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13605 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13607 if (next
== related
)
13609 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13610 function (related
, data
);
13612 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13613 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13618 function (related
, data
);
13622 while (related
!= b
);
13626 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13628 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13631 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13632 delete_breakpoint. */
13635 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13637 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13641 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13643 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13649 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13651 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13652 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13653 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13654 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13655 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13657 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13661 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13663 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13665 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13666 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13667 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13671 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13675 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13677 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13678 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13679 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13684 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13685 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13686 Null names are ignored. */
13689 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13691 struct bp_location
*l
;
13692 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13693 (int (*) (const void *,
13694 const void *)) streq
,
13695 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13697 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13700 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13702 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13706 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13708 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13712 htab_delete (htab
);
13718 htab_delete (htab
);
13722 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13723 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13724 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13725 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13726 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13727 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13728 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13729 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13732 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13733 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13734 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13735 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13736 in the sources, and output a warning.
13738 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13739 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13740 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13741 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13742 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13745 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13746 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13747 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13748 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13749 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13750 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13751 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13752 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13753 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13755 static struct symtab_and_line
13756 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13758 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13759 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13764 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13766 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13768 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13769 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13771 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13773 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13774 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13775 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13780 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13782 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13784 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13785 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13787 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13790 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13792 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13794 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13795 struct symbol
*sym
;
13796 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13797 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13799 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13801 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13802 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13804 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13805 "found at previous line number"),
13806 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13810 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13812 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13813 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13814 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13817 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13818 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13819 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13821 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13822 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13824 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13826 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13829 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13832 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13833 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13835 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13837 xfree (b
->loc
->source_file
);
13839 b
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13841 b
->loc
->source_file
= NULL
;
13843 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13844 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13845 sal2
.symtab
->filename
,
13846 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13848 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13851 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13857 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13858 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13861 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13865 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13868 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13871 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13878 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13884 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13885 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13886 a ranged breakpoint. */
13889 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13890 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
13891 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
13894 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
13896 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
13898 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13900 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13901 update_global_location_list (1);
13902 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13903 "multiple locations found\n"),
13908 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13909 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13910 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13911 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13912 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13913 individual locations. */
13914 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
13919 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13921 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13923 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
13925 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
13927 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13929 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13932 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13934 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13935 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13937 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
13938 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
13943 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13944 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13945 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13946 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13950 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
13952 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
13954 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13958 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13959 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
13960 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
13962 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13965 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13966 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13967 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13968 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13969 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13970 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13971 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13973 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13975 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13977 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13978 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13980 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13981 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13989 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13990 if (l
->function_name
13991 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14001 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14002 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14004 update_global_location_list (1);
14007 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14008 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14010 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14011 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14014 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14015 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14017 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14020 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14022 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14026 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14027 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14028 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14029 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14030 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14031 state, then user already saw the message about that
14032 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14034 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14035 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14036 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14037 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14038 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14039 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14041 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14043 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14044 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14045 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14046 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14047 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14048 which approach is better. */
14049 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14050 throw_exception (e
);
14054 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14058 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14059 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14060 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14062 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14065 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14066 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14069 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14070 b
->thread
= thread
;
14073 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14074 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14077 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14078 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14088 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14089 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14093 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14096 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14097 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14098 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14100 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14103 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14107 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14109 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14112 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14113 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14117 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14120 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14121 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14124 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14125 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14126 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14127 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14129 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14132 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14133 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14137 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14138 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14139 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
14141 char *extra_string
,
14142 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14143 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14145 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14146 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14147 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14148 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14150 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14152 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14153 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14154 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14157 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14158 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14161 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14162 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14164 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14166 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14167 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14168 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14169 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14172 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14173 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14175 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14177 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14179 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14180 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14181 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14183 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14186 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14189 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14191 static struct cleanup
*
14192 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14194 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14196 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14197 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14198 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14199 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14200 set_language (b
->language
);
14205 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14206 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14207 Unused in this case. */
14210 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14212 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14213 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14214 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14216 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14217 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14218 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14222 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14224 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14226 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14227 enum language save_language
;
14228 int save_input_radix
;
14229 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14231 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14232 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14233 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14235 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14237 /* Format possible error msg. */
14238 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14240 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14241 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14242 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14244 set_language (save_language
);
14245 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14247 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14249 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14251 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14252 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14253 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14254 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14256 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
14260 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14262 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14263 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14265 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14267 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14269 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14270 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14272 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14273 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14274 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14276 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14280 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14281 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14282 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14285 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14287 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14292 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14293 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14295 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14297 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14298 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14303 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14307 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14308 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14310 else if (count
== 1)
14311 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14314 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14315 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14318 breakpoints_changed ();
14319 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14323 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14326 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14329 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14335 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14337 num
= get_number (&p
);
14339 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14341 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14343 set_ignore_count (num
,
14344 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14347 printf_filtered ("\n");
14350 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14351 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14354 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14359 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14361 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14364 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14366 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14368 while (!state
.finished
)
14370 char *p
= state
.string
;
14374 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14377 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14381 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14382 if (b
->number
== num
)
14385 function (b
, data
);
14389 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14394 static struct bp_location
*
14395 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14397 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14401 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14402 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14407 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14409 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14411 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14412 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14417 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14418 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14421 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14423 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14427 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14430 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14436 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14437 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14438 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14441 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14443 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14444 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14445 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14446 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14449 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14450 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14453 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14455 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14456 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14458 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14459 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14461 struct bp_location
*location
;
14463 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14464 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14467 update_global_location_list (0);
14469 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14472 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14475 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14477 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14480 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14481 disable_breakpoint. */
14484 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14486 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14490 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14494 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14496 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14497 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14498 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14500 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14502 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14508 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14510 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14511 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14512 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14513 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14515 update_global_location_list (0);
14518 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14522 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14525 int target_resources_ok
;
14527 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14530 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14531 target_resources_ok
=
14532 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14534 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14535 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14536 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14537 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14540 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14542 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14543 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14544 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14546 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14548 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14550 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14551 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14552 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14556 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14557 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14563 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14564 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14566 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14568 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14569 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14571 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14572 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14574 struct bp_location
*location
;
14576 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14577 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14580 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14581 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14582 update_global_location_list (1);
14583 breakpoints_changed ();
14585 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14590 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14592 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14596 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14598 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14601 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14602 enable_breakpoint. */
14605 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14607 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14610 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14611 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14612 in stopping the inferior. */
14615 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14619 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14621 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14622 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14623 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14625 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14627 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14633 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14635 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14636 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14637 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14638 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14640 update_global_location_list (1);
14643 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14646 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14656 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14658 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14660 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14664 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14666 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14668 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14672 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14674 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14678 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14680 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14682 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14686 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14688 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14690 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14694 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14696 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14698 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14702 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14704 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14708 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14713 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14717 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14718 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14722 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
14723 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14725 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14727 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14728 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14729 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14731 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14733 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14735 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14737 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14738 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14739 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14740 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14742 value_free (wp
->val
);
14750 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14751 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14752 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14753 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14757 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14758 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14760 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14762 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14764 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14765 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14767 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14769 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14777 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14778 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14781 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14783 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14786 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14792 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14795 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14796 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14798 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14801 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14802 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14807 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14809 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14810 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14814 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14815 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14816 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14819 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14820 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14821 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14822 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14823 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14824 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14826 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14827 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14828 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14829 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14832 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14833 were inserted or not. */
14836 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14838 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14839 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14842 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14845 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14847 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14849 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14851 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14852 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14853 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14854 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14856 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14858 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14859 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14860 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14861 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14865 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14866 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14867 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14871 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14875 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14876 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14878 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14879 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
14880 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
14884 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14888 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14892 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14893 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14894 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
14895 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14898 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14902 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14907 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14909 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
14911 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
14912 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
14920 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14921 non-zero otherwise. */
14923 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
14925 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
14926 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
14927 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
14934 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14936 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
14937 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14939 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
14943 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
14945 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14947 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14948 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
14950 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
14952 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
14956 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
14958 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
14968 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14969 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
14970 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
14971 char *text
, char *word
)
14973 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
14974 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
14975 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
14981 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14983 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14985 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14987 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14988 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14992 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14994 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14995 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
14997 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
14998 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15000 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15002 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15004 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15006 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15007 0 /* Ignore count */,
15008 pending_break_support
,
15012 0 /* internal */, 0))
15013 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
15017 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15019 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15021 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15023 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15024 0 /* Ignore count */,
15025 pending_break_support
,
15026 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15029 0 /* internal */, 0))
15030 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
15033 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15036 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15038 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15040 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15041 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15042 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15043 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15045 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15047 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15049 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15051 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15052 0 /* Ignore count */,
15053 pending_break_support
,
15057 0 /* internal */, 0))
15058 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
15061 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15062 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15064 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15065 static int next_cmd
;
15068 read_uploaded_action (void)
15072 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15079 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15080 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15081 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15082 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15083 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15085 struct tracepoint
*
15086 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15088 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15089 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15091 if (utp
->at_string
)
15092 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15095 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15096 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15097 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15099 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15100 "source location, using raw address"),
15102 sprintf (small_buf
, "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15103 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15106 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15107 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15108 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15109 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15112 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15114 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15115 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15117 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15118 0 /* Ignore count */,
15119 pending_break_support
,
15120 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15122 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15124 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15127 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
15129 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15130 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15131 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15135 sprintf (small_buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->base
.number
);
15137 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15140 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15141 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15142 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15144 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15146 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15151 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15153 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15155 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15156 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15157 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15158 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15161 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15162 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15163 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15168 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15172 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15174 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15177 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15179 if (num_printed
== 0)
15181 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15182 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15184 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15187 default_collect_info ();
15190 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15191 Not supported by all targets. */
15193 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15195 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15198 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15199 Not supported by all targets. */
15201 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15203 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15206 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15208 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15210 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15216 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15218 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15219 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15220 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15222 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15223 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15225 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15229 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15231 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15233 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15234 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15235 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15239 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15242 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15245 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15247 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15248 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp
->base
.number
);
15250 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15251 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15254 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15256 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15257 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15258 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15261 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15263 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15264 unsigned int count
;
15266 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15267 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15268 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15270 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15272 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
15275 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15277 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15279 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15281 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15283 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15285 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15286 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15289 else if (*args
== '\0')
15291 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15293 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15297 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15299 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15300 while (!state
.finished
)
15302 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15304 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15309 struct tracepoint
*
15310 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15312 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15314 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15315 if (t
->number
== num
)
15316 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15321 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15322 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15325 struct tracepoint
*
15326 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15328 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15330 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15332 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15334 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15341 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15342 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15343 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15344 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15345 struct tracepoint
*
15346 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15347 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15350 extern int tracepoint_count
;
15351 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15353 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15357 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15358 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15360 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15363 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15365 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15368 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15372 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15373 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15376 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15377 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15381 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15382 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15384 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15387 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15392 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15394 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15395 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15398 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15400 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15403 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15404 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15405 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15409 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15410 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15412 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15415 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15416 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15417 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15419 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15420 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15422 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15423 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15425 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15426 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15429 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15430 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15435 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15437 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15439 /* We can stop searching. */
15446 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15450 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15451 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
15452 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
15454 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15455 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15456 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15458 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15459 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15461 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15463 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15464 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15467 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15468 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15471 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15473 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15474 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15477 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15478 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15480 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15481 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15485 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15487 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15489 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15490 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15492 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15494 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15497 throw_exception (ex
);
15499 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15502 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15503 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15505 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15506 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15507 special, and not user visible. */
15508 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15510 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15513 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15515 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15519 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15520 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15522 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15524 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15527 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15530 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15532 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15535 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15538 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15540 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15543 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15545 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15546 all_tracepoints (void)
15548 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15549 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15551 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15553 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15560 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15561 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15562 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15564 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15565 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15566 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15567 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15568 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15569 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15570 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15571 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15572 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15573 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15574 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15576 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15577 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15579 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15580 conditions are different.\n\
15582 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15584 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15585 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15587 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15588 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15591 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15592 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15593 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15594 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15595 void *user_data_catch
,
15596 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15598 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15600 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15602 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15603 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15604 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15606 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15608 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15609 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15610 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15614 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15616 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15617 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15619 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15620 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15621 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15625 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15627 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15628 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15629 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15632 struct breakpoint
*
15633 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15636 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15638 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15640 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15647 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15648 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15651 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15653 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15654 non-inline function. */
15655 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15661 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15662 have been inlined. */
15665 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15666 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15668 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15669 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15671 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15673 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15676 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15678 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15679 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15688 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15690 static int initialized
= 0;
15692 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15698 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15699 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15700 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15701 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15702 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15703 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15704 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15705 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15706 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15707 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15708 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15709 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15711 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15712 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15713 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15714 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15715 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15716 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15717 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15718 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15720 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15721 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15722 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15723 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15724 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15725 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15726 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15727 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15728 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15729 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15731 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15732 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15733 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15734 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15735 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15736 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15737 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15739 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15740 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15741 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15742 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15743 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15744 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15745 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15747 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15748 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15749 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15750 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15752 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15753 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15754 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15755 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15756 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15757 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15758 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15760 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15761 ops
= &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
15762 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15763 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception_catchpoint
;
15764 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception_catchpoint
;
15765 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception_catchpoint
;
15766 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
;
15769 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15770 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15771 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15772 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15773 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15774 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15775 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15776 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15777 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15778 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15779 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15780 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15781 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15783 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15784 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15785 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15786 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15787 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15788 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15789 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15790 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15791 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15792 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15793 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15796 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15797 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15798 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15799 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15800 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15801 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15802 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15803 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15804 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15805 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15807 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15808 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15809 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15810 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15811 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15813 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15814 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15815 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15816 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15817 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15818 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15820 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15821 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15822 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15823 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15824 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15825 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15826 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15827 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15828 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15829 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15831 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15832 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15833 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15834 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15835 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15836 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15837 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15838 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15839 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15840 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15842 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15843 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15844 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15845 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15846 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15847 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15848 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15849 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15850 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15851 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15852 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15854 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15855 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15856 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15857 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15858 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15859 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15860 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15861 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15862 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15863 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15864 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15866 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15867 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15868 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15869 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15870 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15871 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15872 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15873 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15874 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15875 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15876 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15877 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15879 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15880 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15881 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15882 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15883 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15884 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15885 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15888 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15890 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15893 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15895 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15897 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15899 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15900 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
15901 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15903 breakpoint_objfile_key
15904 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15906 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15907 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
15908 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
15910 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15911 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15912 before a breakpoint is set. */
15913 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15915 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15917 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15918 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15919 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15921 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15923 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15924 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15925 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15926 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15927 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15928 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15929 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15930 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15932 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15933 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15934 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15935 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15936 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15938 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15939 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15940 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15941 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15942 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15944 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15945 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15947 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15948 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15949 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15950 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15952 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15953 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15955 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15956 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15957 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15958 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15960 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15961 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15963 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15964 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15965 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15966 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15967 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15968 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15969 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15971 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15972 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15973 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15974 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15975 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15976 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15978 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15980 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15981 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15982 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15983 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15984 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15985 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15987 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15988 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15989 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15992 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15993 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15994 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15997 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15998 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15999 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16000 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16003 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16004 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16005 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16008 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16009 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16010 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16013 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16014 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16015 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16016 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16019 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16020 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16021 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16022 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16023 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16024 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16025 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16026 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16028 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16029 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16030 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16031 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16032 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16034 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16035 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16036 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16037 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16038 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16039 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16042 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16043 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16044 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16045 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16047 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16048 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16049 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16050 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16051 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16053 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16054 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16055 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16056 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16058 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16059 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16060 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16061 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16062 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16065 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16066 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16067 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16068 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16069 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16070 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16072 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16073 is executing in.\n\
16075 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16076 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16078 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16079 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16080 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16081 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16083 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16084 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16085 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16086 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16089 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16093 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16094 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16095 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16096 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16097 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16098 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16099 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16100 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16101 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16102 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16103 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16104 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16105 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16106 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16107 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16108 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16110 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16111 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16112 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16113 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16114 breakpoint set."));
16117 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16118 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16119 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16120 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16121 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16122 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16123 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16124 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16125 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16127 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16128 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16129 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16130 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16131 breakpoint set."));
16133 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16136 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16137 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16138 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16139 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16140 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16141 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16142 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16143 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16144 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16146 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16147 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16148 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16149 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16150 breakpoint set."));
16152 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16153 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16154 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16155 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16156 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16157 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16158 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16159 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16160 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16161 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16162 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16163 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16164 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16166 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16167 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16168 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16169 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16171 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16173 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16174 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16175 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16176 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16178 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16179 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16180 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16181 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16183 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16184 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16185 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16186 catch_catch_command
,
16190 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16191 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16192 catch_throw_command
,
16196 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16197 catch_fork_command_1
,
16199 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16200 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16201 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16202 catch_fork_command_1
,
16204 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16205 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16206 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16207 catch_exec_command_1
,
16211 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16212 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16213 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16214 catch_load_command_1
,
16218 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16219 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16220 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16221 catch_unload_command_1
,
16225 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16226 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16227 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16228 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16229 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16230 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16231 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16232 catch_syscall_completer
,
16236 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16237 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16238 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16239 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16240 an expression changes.\n\
16241 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16242 the memory to which it refers."));
16243 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16245 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16246 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16247 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16248 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16249 an expression is read.\n\
16250 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16251 the memory to which it refers."));
16252 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16254 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16255 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16256 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16257 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16258 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16259 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16260 the memory to which it refers."));
16261 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16263 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16264 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16266 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16267 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16268 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16269 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16270 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16271 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16272 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16273 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16274 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16277 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16278 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16280 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16282 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16284 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16285 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16287 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16288 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16289 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16291 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16292 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16293 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16294 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16296 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16297 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16299 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16300 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16301 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16303 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16304 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16306 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16307 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16308 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16309 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16310 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16311 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16312 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16313 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16314 the selected stack frame.\n\
16315 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16316 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16317 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16318 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16320 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16322 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16323 conditions are different.\n\
16325 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16326 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16327 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16329 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16330 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16331 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16332 last tracepoint set."));
16334 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16336 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16337 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16338 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16339 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16342 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16343 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16344 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16345 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16347 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16349 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16350 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16351 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16352 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16354 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16356 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16357 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16358 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16359 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16360 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16362 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16363 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16364 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16365 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16367 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16368 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16369 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16370 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16371 session to restore them."),
16373 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16375 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16376 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16377 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16379 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16381 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16382 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16384 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16385 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16386 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16387 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16388 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16389 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16390 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16391 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16392 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16393 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16394 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16395 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16397 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16398 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16399 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16400 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16401 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16402 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16403 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16404 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16406 show_pending_break_support
,
16407 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16408 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16410 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16412 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16413 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16414 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16415 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16416 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16417 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16418 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16420 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16421 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16422 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16424 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16425 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16426 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16427 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16428 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16429 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16430 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16431 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16432 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16433 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16434 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16435 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16437 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16438 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16439 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16441 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16442 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16443 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16444 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16445 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16446 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16447 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16448 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16449 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16450 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16451 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16452 be set to \"gdb\""),
16453 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16454 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16455 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16456 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16458 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16459 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16460 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16461 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16462 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16463 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16464 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16465 or the start of the range\n\
16466 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16467 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16468 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16470 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16471 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16472 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16474 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16475 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16476 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16477 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16478 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16479 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16481 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16483 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16484 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16485 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16486 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16487 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16488 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16489 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16490 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16491 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16492 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16493 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16494 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16496 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16497 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16498 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16499 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16500 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16501 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16502 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16504 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16505 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16506 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16507 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16508 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16509 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16510 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16512 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16513 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16514 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16515 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16516 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16517 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16520 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16522 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16523 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16524 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16526 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16528 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);